Added new runtime library, based on GCC 4.4 libobjc, libobjc_tr and Objective2.framework.
commit
323e3dfaeb
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
This document governs the GNUstep Objective-C runtime. This is based on the
|
||||
GCC Objective-C runtime, which is governed by version 3 of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License and on the Étoilé Objective-C 2 framework and Objective-C
|
||||
runtime, which are MIT licensed.
|
||||
|
||||
As a result of this dual inheritance, some portions of this library are more
|
||||
permissively licensed than the whole. When viewed in aggregate, this library
|
||||
is licensed under the GNU General Public Licence, version 3 or later (at your
|
||||
option). You may find the relevant license texts in full in the following
|
||||
files in this distribution:
|
||||
|
||||
COPYING3 contains the GNU general public license version 3.
|
||||
COPYING.RUNTIME contains the GCC runtime exemption to the GNU GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
Some individual files retain their original MIT license. These are:
|
||||
|
||||
blocks_runtime.m
|
||||
lock.h
|
||||
mutation.m
|
||||
runtime.c
|
||||
sync.m
|
||||
objc/blocks_runtime.h
|
||||
objc/runtime.h
|
||||
|
||||
These files may be used for any purpose, including binary-only redistribution,
|
||||
according to the terms of the MIT license, as long as their copyright notices
|
||||
remain intact. You may find the full text of the license for these files in
|
||||
COPYING.MIT
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2009 David Chisnall
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
GCC RUNTIME LIBRARY EXCEPTION
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.1, 31 March 2009
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
||||
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
This GCC Runtime Library Exception ("Exception") is an additional
|
||||
permission under section 7 of the GNU General Public License, version
|
||||
3 ("GPLv3"). It applies to a given file (the "Runtime Library") that
|
||||
bears a notice placed by the copyright holder of the file stating that
|
||||
the file is governed by GPLv3 along with this Exception.
|
||||
|
||||
When you use GCC to compile a program, GCC may combine portions of
|
||||
certain GCC header files and runtime libraries with the compiled
|
||||
program. The purpose of this Exception is to allow compilation of
|
||||
non-GPL (including proprietary) programs to use, in this way, the
|
||||
header files and runtime libraries covered by this Exception.
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
A file is an "Independent Module" if it either requires the Runtime
|
||||
Library for execution after a Compilation Process, or makes use of an
|
||||
interface provided by the Runtime Library, but is not otherwise based
|
||||
on the Runtime Library.
|
||||
|
||||
"GCC" means a version of the GNU Compiler Collection, with or without
|
||||
modifications, governed by version 3 (or a specified later version) of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License (GPL) with the option of using any
|
||||
subsequent versions published by the FSF.
|
||||
|
||||
"GPL-compatible Software" is software whose conditions of propagation,
|
||||
modification and use would permit combination with GCC in accord with
|
||||
the license of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
"Target Code" refers to output from any compiler for a real or virtual
|
||||
target processor architecture, in executable form or suitable for
|
||||
input to an assembler, loader, linker and/or execution
|
||||
phase. Notwithstanding that, Target Code does not include data in any
|
||||
format that is used as a compiler intermediate representation, or used
|
||||
for producing a compiler intermediate representation.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Compilation Process" transforms code entirely represented in
|
||||
non-intermediate languages designed for human-written code, and/or in
|
||||
Java Virtual Machine byte code, into Target Code. Thus, for example,
|
||||
use of source code generators and preprocessors need not be considered
|
||||
part of the Compilation Process, since the Compilation Process can be
|
||||
understood as starting with the output of the generators or
|
||||
preprocessors.
|
||||
|
||||
A Compilation Process is "Eligible" if it is done using GCC, alone or
|
||||
with other GPL-compatible software, or if it is done without using any
|
||||
work based on GCC. For example, using non-GPL-compatible Software to
|
||||
optimize any GCC intermediate representations would not qualify as an
|
||||
Eligible Compilation Process.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Grant of Additional Permission.
|
||||
|
||||
You have permission to propagate a work of Target Code formed by
|
||||
combining the Runtime Library with Independent Modules, even if such
|
||||
propagation would otherwise violate the terms of GPLv3, provided that
|
||||
all Target Code was generated by Eligible Compilation Processes. You
|
||||
may then convey such a combination under terms of your choice,
|
||||
consistent with the licensing of the Independent Modules.
|
||||
|
||||
2. No Weakening of GCC Copyleft.
|
||||
|
||||
The availability of this Exception does not imply any general
|
||||
presumption that third-party software is unaffected by the copyleft
|
||||
requirements of the license of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
include $(GNUSTEP_MAKEFILES)/common.make
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME = libobjc
|
||||
|
||||
libobjc_VERSION = 4
|
||||
|
||||
libobjc_OBJC_FILES = \
|
||||
blocks_runtime.m\
|
||||
linking.m\
|
||||
mutation.m\
|
||||
NXConstStr.m\
|
||||
Object.m\
|
||||
Protocol.m\
|
||||
sync.m
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
libobjc_C_FILES = \
|
||||
archive.c\
|
||||
class.c\
|
||||
encoding.c\
|
||||
exception.c\
|
||||
gc.c\
|
||||
hash.c\
|
||||
init.c\
|
||||
misc.c\
|
||||
nil_method.c\
|
||||
objects.c\
|
||||
protocol.c\
|
||||
runtime.c\
|
||||
sarray.c\
|
||||
selector.c\
|
||||
sendmsg.c\
|
||||
thr.c
|
||||
|
||||
# Deprecated functions are only deprecated for external use, not for us because
|
||||
# we are special, precious, little flowers.
|
||||
libobjc_CPPFLAGS += -D__OBJC_RUNTIME_INTERNAL__=1
|
||||
# Note to Riccardo. Please do not 'fix' C99isms in this. The new ABI is only
|
||||
# useful on compilers that support C99 (currently only clang), so there is no
|
||||
# benefit from supporting platforms with no C99 compiler.
|
||||
libobjc_CFLAGS += -Werror -std=c99 -g -fexceptions
|
||||
libobjc_OBJCFLAGS += -g
|
||||
libobjc_LDFLAGS += -g
|
||||
|
||||
ifeq ($(findstring no, $(debug)),)
|
||||
before-all::
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo WARNING: You are building in debug mode. This will generate a LOT of console \
|
||||
output for every Objective-C program you run. If this is not what you \
|
||||
want, please compile with $(MAKE) debug=no
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
ifneq ($(findstring gcc, $(CC)),)
|
||||
libobjc_CFLAGS += -fgnu89-inline
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
ifneq ($(findstring mingw, $(GNUSTEP_HOST_OS)),)
|
||||
libobjc_C_FILES += libobjc_entry.c
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
include $(GNUSTEP_MAKEFILES)/library.make
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the NXConstantString class for Objective-C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Pieter J. Schoenmakers <tiggr@es.ele.tue.nl>
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/NXConstStr.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/objc-api.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@implementation NXConstantString
|
||||
+ (void)load
|
||||
{
|
||||
__CLS_INFO((Class)self) &= ~_CLS_PLANE_AWARE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
-(const char *) cString
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (c_string);
|
||||
} /* -cString */
|
||||
|
||||
-(unsigned int) length
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (len);
|
||||
} /* -length */
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
|
||||
/* The implementation of class Object for Objective-C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2002, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include "objc/Object.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/Protocol.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/objc-api.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_CLASS_NAME_LEN 256
|
||||
|
||||
@implementation Object
|
||||
|
||||
+ (void)load
|
||||
{
|
||||
__CLS_INFO((Class)self) &= ~_CLS_PLANE_AWARE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
+ initialize
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Object subclasses are not plane aware either.
|
||||
__CLS_INFO((Class)self) &= ~_CLS_PLANE_AWARE;
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- init
|
||||
{
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ new
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [[self alloc] init];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ alloc
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_create_instance(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- free
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_dispose(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- copy
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [[self shallowCopy] deepen];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- shallowCopy
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_copy(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- deepen
|
||||
{
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- deepCopy
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [self copy];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (Class)class
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_get_class(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (Class)superClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_get_super_class(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (MetaClass)metaClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_get_meta_class(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (const char *)name
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_get_class_name(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- self
|
||||
{
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (unsigned int)hash
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (size_t)self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isEqual:anObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
return self==anObject;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (int)compare:(id)anotherObject;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ([self isEqual:anotherObject])
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
// Ordering objects by their address is pretty useless,
|
||||
// so subclasses should override this is some useful way.
|
||||
else if ((id)self > anotherObject)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMetaClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isClass
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_is_class(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isInstance
|
||||
{
|
||||
return object_is_instance(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isKindOf:(Class)aClassObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
for (class = self->isa; class!=Nil; class = class_get_super_class(class))
|
||||
if (class==aClassObject)
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMemberOf:(Class)aClassObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
return self->isa==aClassObject;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isKindOfClassNamed:(const char *)aClassName
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (aClassName!=NULL)
|
||||
for (class = self->isa; class!=Nil; class = class_get_super_class(class))
|
||||
if (!strcmp(class_get_class_name(class), aClassName))
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMemberOfClassNamed:(const char *)aClassName
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((aClassName!=NULL)
|
||||
&&!strcmp(class_get_class_name(self->isa), aClassName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ (BOOL)instancesRespondTo:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_instance_method(self, aSel)!=METHOD_NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)respondsTo:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object_is_instance(self)
|
||||
?class_get_instance_method(self->isa, aSel)
|
||||
:class_get_class_method(self->isa, aSel))!=METHOD_NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ (IMP)instanceMethodFor:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return method_get_imp(class_get_instance_method(self, aSel));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicates if the receiving class or instance conforms to the given protocol
|
||||
// not usually overridden by subclasses
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 9/5/94 to always search the class object's protocol list, rather
|
||||
// than the meta class.
|
||||
|
||||
+ (BOOL) conformsTo: (Protocol*)aProtocol
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list* proto_list;
|
||||
id parent;
|
||||
|
||||
for (proto_list = ((Class)self)->protocols;
|
||||
proto_list; proto_list = proto_list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (i=0; i < proto_list->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ([proto_list->list[i] conformsTo: aProtocol])
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((parent = [self superClass]))
|
||||
return [parent conformsTo: aProtocol];
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL) conformsTo: (Protocol*)aProtocol
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [[self class] conformsTo:aProtocol];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (IMP)methodFor:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (method_get_imp(object_is_instance(self)
|
||||
?class_get_instance_method(self->isa, aSel)
|
||||
:class_get_class_method(self->isa, aSel)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ (struct objc_method_description *)descriptionForInstanceMethod:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((struct objc_method_description *)
|
||||
class_get_instance_method(self, aSel));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *)descriptionForMethod:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((struct objc_method_description *)
|
||||
(object_is_instance(self)
|
||||
?class_get_instance_method(self->isa, aSel)
|
||||
:class_get_class_method(self->isa, aSel)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP msg = objc_msg_lookup(self, aSel);
|
||||
if (!msg)
|
||||
return [self error:"invalid selector passed to %s", sel_get_name(_cmd)];
|
||||
return (*msg)(self, aSel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel with:anObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP msg = objc_msg_lookup(self, aSel);
|
||||
if (!msg)
|
||||
return [self error:"invalid selector passed to %s", sel_get_name(_cmd)];
|
||||
return (*msg)(self, aSel, anObject);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel with:anObject1 with:anObject2
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP msg = objc_msg_lookup(self, aSel);
|
||||
if (!msg)
|
||||
return [self error:"invalid selector passed to %s", sel_get_name(_cmd)];
|
||||
return (*msg)(self, aSel, anObject1, anObject2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (retval_t)forward:(SEL)aSel :(arglist_t)argFrame
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) argFrame; /* UNUSED */
|
||||
return (retval_t)[self doesNotRecognize: aSel];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (retval_t)performv:(SEL)aSel :(arglist_t)argFrame
|
||||
{
|
||||
return objc_msg_sendv(self, aSel, argFrame);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ poseAs:(Class)aClassObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_pose_as(self, aClassObject);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (Class)transmuteClassTo:(Class)aClassObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (object_is_instance(self))
|
||||
if (class_is_class(aClassObject))
|
||||
if (class_get_instance_size(aClassObject)==class_get_instance_size(isa))
|
||||
if ([self isKindOf:aClassObject])
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class old_isa = isa;
|
||||
isa = aClassObject;
|
||||
return old_isa;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- subclassResponsibility:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [self error:"subclass should override %s", sel_get_name(aSel)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- notImplemented:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [self error:"method %s not implemented", sel_get_name(aSel)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- shouldNotImplement:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [self error:"%s should not implement %s",
|
||||
object_get_class_name(self), sel_get_name(aSel)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- doesNotRecognize:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
return [self error:"%s does not recognize %s",
|
||||
object_get_class_name(self), sel_get_name(aSel)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- error:(const char *)aString, ...
|
||||
{
|
||||
#define FMT "error: %s (%s)\n%s\n"
|
||||
char fmt[(strlen((char*)FMT)+strlen((char*)object_get_class_name(self))
|
||||
+((aString!=NULL)?strlen((char*)aString):0)+8)];
|
||||
va_list ap;
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(fmt, FMT, object_get_class_name(self),
|
||||
object_is_instance(self)?"instance":"class",
|
||||
(aString!=NULL)?aString:"");
|
||||
va_start(ap, aString);
|
||||
objc_verror(self, OBJC_ERR_UNKNOWN, fmt, ap);
|
||||
va_end(ap);
|
||||
return nil;
|
||||
#undef FMT
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ (int)version
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_version(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ setVersion:(int)aVersion
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_set_version(self, aVersion);
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+ (int)streamVersion: (TypedStream*)aStream
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (aStream->mode == OBJC_READONLY)
|
||||
return objc_get_stream_class_version (aStream, self);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return class_get_version (self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// These are used to write or read the instance variables
|
||||
// declared in this particular part of the object. Subclasses
|
||||
// should extend these, by calling [super read/write: aStream]
|
||||
// before doing their own archiving. These methods are private, in
|
||||
// the sense that they should only be called from subclasses.
|
||||
|
||||
- read: (TypedStream*)aStream
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) aStream; /* UNUSED */
|
||||
// [super read: aStream];
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- write: (TypedStream*)aStream
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) aStream; /* UNUSED */
|
||||
// [super write: aStream];
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- awake
|
||||
{
|
||||
// [super awake];
|
||||
return self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
|
||||
/* This file contains the implementation of class Protocol.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/Protocol.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/objc-api.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Method description list */
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list {
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
struct objc_method_description list[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@interface Protocol2 : Protocol
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list *optional_instance_methods, *optional_class_methods;
|
||||
struct objc_property_list *properties, *optional_properties;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
@implementation Protocol
|
||||
+ (void)load
|
||||
{
|
||||
__CLS_INFO((Class)self) &= ~_CLS_PLANE_AWARE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Obtaining attributes intrinsic to the protocol */
|
||||
|
||||
- (const char *)name
|
||||
{
|
||||
return protocol_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing protocol conformance */
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL) conformsTo: (Protocol *)aProtocolObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list* proto_list;
|
||||
|
||||
if (aProtocolObject == nil)
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(aProtocolObject->protocol_name, self->protocol_name))
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
|
||||
for (proto_list = protocol_list; proto_list; proto_list = proto_list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (i=0; i < proto_list->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ([proto_list->list[i] conformsTo: aProtocolObject])
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Looking up information specific to a protocol */
|
||||
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *) descriptionForInstanceMethod:(SEL)aSel
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list* proto_list;
|
||||
const char* name = sel_get_name (aSel);
|
||||
struct objc_method_description *result;
|
||||
|
||||
if (instance_methods)
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < instance_methods->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!strcmp ((char*)instance_methods->list[i].name, name))
|
||||
return &(instance_methods->list[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (proto_list = protocol_list; proto_list; proto_list = proto_list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j < proto_list->count; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((result = [proto_list->list[j]
|
||||
descriptionForInstanceMethod: aSel]))
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *) descriptionForClassMethod:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list* proto_list;
|
||||
const char* name = sel_get_name (aSel);
|
||||
struct objc_method_description *result;
|
||||
|
||||
if (class_methods)
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < class_methods->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!strcmp ((char*)class_methods->list[i].name, name))
|
||||
return &(class_methods->list[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (proto_list = protocol_list; proto_list; proto_list = proto_list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j < proto_list->count; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((result = [proto_list->list[j]
|
||||
descriptionForClassMethod: aSel]))
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (unsigned) hash
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Compute a hash of the protocol_name; use the same hash algorithm
|
||||
* that we use for class names; protocol names and class names are
|
||||
* somewhat similar types of string spaces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int hash = 0, index;
|
||||
|
||||
for (index = 0; protocol_name[index] != '\0'; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hash = (hash << 4) ^ (hash >> 28) ^ protocol_name[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hash = (hash ^ (hash >> 10) ^ (hash >> 20));
|
||||
|
||||
return hash;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Equality between formal protocols is only formal (nothing to do
|
||||
* with actually checking the list of methods they have!). Two formal
|
||||
* Protocols are equal if and only if they have the same name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please note (for comparisons with other implementations) that
|
||||
* checking the names is equivalent to checking that Protocol A
|
||||
* conforms to Protocol B and Protocol B conforms to Protocol A,
|
||||
* because this happens iff they have the same name. If they have
|
||||
* different names, A conforms to B if and only if A includes B, but
|
||||
* the situation where A includes B and B includes A is a circular
|
||||
* dependency between Protocols which is forbidden by the compiler, so
|
||||
* A conforms to B and B conforms to A with A and B having different
|
||||
* names is an impossible case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
- (BOOL) isEqual: (id)obj
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (obj == self)
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
|
||||
if ([obj isKindOf: [Protocol class]])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (protocol_name, ((Protocol *)obj)->protocol_name) == 0)
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Objective-C 2 protocol objects are opaque.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@implementation Protocol2 @end
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class exists for the sole reason that the legacy GNU ABI did not
|
||||
* provide a way of registering protocols with the runtime. With the new ABI,
|
||||
* every protocol in a compilation unit that is not referenced should be added
|
||||
* in a category on this class. This ensures that the runtime sees every
|
||||
* protocol at least once and can perform uniquing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@interface __ObjC_Protocol_Holder_Ugly_Hack : Object @end
|
||||
@implementation __ObjC_Protocol_Holder_Ugly_Hack @end
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
||||
GNUstep Objective-C Runtime
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
The GNUstep Objective-C runtime is based on the GCC runtime. It supports both
|
||||
a legacy and a modern ABI, allowing code compiled with old versions of GCC to
|
||||
be supported without requiring recompilation. The modern ABI adds the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Non-fragile instance variables.
|
||||
- Protocol uniquing.
|
||||
- Object planes support.
|
||||
- Declared property introspection.
|
||||
|
||||
Both ABIs support the following feature above and beyond the GNU runtime:
|
||||
|
||||
- The modern Objective-C runtime APIs, introduced with OS X 10.5.
|
||||
- Blocks (closures).
|
||||
|
||||
Non-Fragile Instance Variables
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
When a class is compiled to support non-fragile instance variables, the
|
||||
instance_size field in the class is set to 0 - the size of the instance
|
||||
variables declared on that class (excluding those inherited. For example, an
|
||||
NSObject subclass declaring an int ivar would have its instance_size set to 0 -
|
||||
sizeof(int). The offsets of each instance variable in the class's ivar_list
|
||||
field are then set to the offset from the start of the superclass's ivars.
|
||||
|
||||
When the class is loaded, the runtime library uses the size of the superclass
|
||||
to calculate the correct size for this new class and the correct offsets. Each
|
||||
instance variable should have two other variables exported as global symbols.
|
||||
Consider the following class:
|
||||
|
||||
@interface NewClass : SuperClass {
|
||||
int anIvar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
This would have its instance_size initialized to 0-sizeof(int), and anIvar's
|
||||
offset initialized to 0. It should also export the following two symbols:
|
||||
|
||||
int __objc_ivar_offset_value_NewClass.anIvar;
|
||||
int *__objc_ivar_offset_NewClass.anIvar;
|
||||
|
||||
The latter should point to the former or to the ivar_offset field in the ivar
|
||||
metadata. The former should be pointed to by the only element in the
|
||||
ivar_offsets array in the class structure.
|
||||
|
||||
In other compilation units referring to this ivar, the latter symbol should be
|
||||
exported as a weak symbol pointing to an internal symbol containing the
|
||||
compiler's guess at the ivar offset. The ivar will then work as a fragile ivar
|
||||
when NewClass is compiled with the old ABI. If NewClass is compiled with the
|
||||
new ABI, then the linker will replace the weak symbol with the version in the
|
||||
class's compilation unit and references which use this offset will function
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
If the compiler can guarantee that NewClass is compiled with the new ABI, for
|
||||
example if it is declared in the same compilation unit, by finding the symbol
|
||||
during a link-time optimization phase, or as a result of a command-line
|
||||
argument, then it may use the __objc_ivar_offset_value_NewClass.anIvar symbol
|
||||
as the ivar offset. This eliminates the need for one load for every ivar
|
||||
access.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocols
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
The runtime now provides a __ObjC_Protocol_Holder_Ugly_Hack class. All
|
||||
protocols that are referenced but not defined should be registered as
|
||||
categories on this class. This ensures that every protocol is registered with
|
||||
the runtime.
|
||||
|
||||
In the near future, the runtime will ensure that protocols can be looked up by
|
||||
name at run time and that empty protocol definitions have their fields updated
|
||||
to match the defined version.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocols have been extended to provide space for introspection on properties
|
||||
and optional methods. These fields only exist on protocols compiled with a
|
||||
compiler that supports Objective-C 2. To differentiate the two, the isa
|
||||
pointer for new protocols will be set to the Protocol2 class.
|
||||
|
||||
Fast Proxies and Cacheable Lookups
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The new runtime provides two mechanisms for faster lookup. The older
|
||||
Vobjc_msg_lookup() function, which returns an IMP, is still supported, however
|
||||
it is no longer recommended. The new lookup functions is:
|
||||
|
||||
Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_sender(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender)
|
||||
|
||||
The receiver is passed by pointer, and so may be modified during the lookup
|
||||
process. The runtime itself will never modify the receiver. The following
|
||||
hook is provided to allow fast proxy support:
|
||||
|
||||
id (*objc_proxy_lookup)(id receiver, SEL op);
|
||||
|
||||
This function takes an object and selector as arguments and returns a new
|
||||
objects. The lookup will then be re-run and the final message should be sent to
|
||||
the new object.
|
||||
|
||||
The returned Slot_t from the new lookup function is a pointer to a structure
|
||||
which contains both an IMP and a version (among other things). The version is
|
||||
incremented every time the method is overridden, allowing this to be cached by
|
||||
the caller. User code wishing to perform IMP caching may use the old mechanism
|
||||
if it can guarantee that the IMP will not change between calls, or the newer
|
||||
mechanism. Note that a modern compiler should insert caching automatically,
|
||||
ideally with the aid of run-time profiling results. To support this, a new hook
|
||||
has been added:
|
||||
|
||||
Slot_t objc_msg_forward3(id receiver, SEL op);
|
||||
|
||||
This is identical to objc_msg_forward2(), but returns a pointer to a slot,
|
||||
instead of an IMP. The slot should have its version set to 0, to prevent
|
||||
caching.
|
||||
|
||||
Object Planes
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
Object planes provide interception points for messages between groups of
|
||||
related objects. They can be thought of as similar to processes, with mediated
|
||||
inter-plane communication. A typical use-case for an object plane is to
|
||||
automatically queue messages sent to a thread, or to record every message sent
|
||||
to model objects. Planes can dramatically reduce the number of proxy objects
|
||||
required for this kind of activity.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNUstep runtime adds a flag to class objects indicating that their
|
||||
instances are present in the global plane. All constant strings, protocols,
|
||||
and classes are in the global plane, and may therefore be sent and may receive
|
||||
messages bypassing the normal plane interception mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
The runtime library does not provide direct support for planes, it merely
|
||||
provides the core components required to implement support for planes in
|
||||
another framework. Two objects are regarded as being in the same plane when
|
||||
they words immediately before their isa pointers are the same. In this case,
|
||||
the runtime's usual dispatch mechanisms will be used. In all other cases, the
|
||||
runtime will delegate message lookup to another library via the following hook:
|
||||
|
||||
Slot_t (*objc_plane_lookup)(id *receiver, SEL op, id sender);
|
||||
|
||||
From the perspective of the runtime, the plane identifier is opaque. In
|
||||
GNUstep, it is a pointer to an NSZone structure.
|
||||
|
||||
Threading
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
The old threading layer is gone. It was buggy, badly supported, and
|
||||
inadequately tested. The library now always runs in thread-safe mode. The
|
||||
same functions for locking the runtime mutex are still supported, but their use
|
||||
any mutex not exported by the runtime library is explicitly not supported. The
|
||||
(private) lock.h header is now used to abstract the details of different
|
||||
threading systems sufficiently for the runtime. This provides mechanisms for
|
||||
locking, unlocking, creating, and destroying mutex objects.
|
||||
|
||||
Objective-C 2 Features
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The runtime now provides implementations of the functions required for the
|
||||
@synchronized directive, for property accessors, and for fast enumeration. The
|
||||
public runtime function interfaces now match those of OS X.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Remy Demarest
|
||||
* Portions Copyright (c) 2009 David Chisnall
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
|
||||
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
|
||||
* files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
|
||||
* copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
|
||||
* conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
|
||||
* OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
|
||||
* HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
|
||||
* OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#import "objc/blocks_runtime.h"
|
||||
#import "objc/runtime.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// FIXME: Before we finalise the ABI for blocks, I wish to modify clang to emit
|
||||
// type information for the block function.
|
||||
|
||||
/* Makes the compiler happy even without Foundation */
|
||||
@interface Dummy
|
||||
- (id)retain;
|
||||
- (void)release;
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
// Descriptor attributes
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
BLOCK_HAS_COPY_DISPOSE = (1 << 25),
|
||||
BLOCK_HAS_CTOR = (1 << 26), // helpers have C++ code
|
||||
BLOCK_IS_GLOBAL = (1 << 28),
|
||||
BLOCK_HAS_DESCRIPTOR = (1 << 29), // interim until complete world build is accomplished
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// _Block_object_assign() and _Block_object_dispose() flag helpers.
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
BLOCK_FIELD_IS_OBJECT = 3, // id, NSObject, __attribute__((NSObject)), block, ...
|
||||
BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BLOCK = 7, // a block variable
|
||||
BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BYREF = 8, // the on stack structure holding the __block variable
|
||||
|
||||
BLOCK_FIELD_IS_WEAK = 16, // declared __weak
|
||||
|
||||
BLOCK_BYREF_CALLER = 128, // called from byref copy/dispose helpers
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper structure
|
||||
struct psy_block_literal {
|
||||
void *isa; // initialized to &_NSConcreteStackBlock or &_NSConcreteGlobalBlock
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
int reserved;
|
||||
void (*invoke)(void *, ...);
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
unsigned long int reserved; // NULL
|
||||
unsigned long int size; // sizeof(struct Block_literal_1)
|
||||
// optional helper functions
|
||||
void (*copy_helper)(void *dst, void *src);
|
||||
void (*dispose_helper)(void *src);
|
||||
} *descriptor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper structure
|
||||
struct psy_block_byref_obj {
|
||||
void *isa; // uninitialized
|
||||
struct psy_block_byref_obj *forwarding;
|
||||
int flags; //refcount;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
void (*byref_keep)(struct psy_block_byref_obj *dst, struct psy_block_byref_obj *src);
|
||||
void (*byref_dispose)(struct psy_block_byref_obj *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Certain field types require runtime assistance when being copied to the
|
||||
* heap. The following function is used to copy fields of types: blocks,
|
||||
* pointers to byref structures, and objects (including
|
||||
* __attribute__((NSObject)) pointers. BLOCK_FIELD_IS_WEAK is orthogonal to
|
||||
* the other choices which are mutually exclusive. Only in a Block copy helper
|
||||
* will one see BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BYREF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _Block_object_assign(void *destAddr, void *object, const int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//printf("Copying %x to %x with flags %x\n", object, destAddr, flags);
|
||||
// FIXME: Needs to be implemented
|
||||
if(flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_WEAK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BYREF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct psy_block_byref_obj *src = object;
|
||||
struct psy_block_byref_obj **dst = destAddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* I followed Apple's specs saying byref's "flags" field should
|
||||
* represent the refcount but it still contains real flag, so this
|
||||
* is a little hack...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if((src->flags & ~BLOCK_HAS_COPY_DISPOSE) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*dst = malloc(src->size);
|
||||
memcpy(*dst, src, src->size);
|
||||
if (src->forwarding == src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*dst)->forwarding = *dst;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(src->size >= sizeof(struct psy_block_byref_obj))
|
||||
{
|
||||
src->byref_keep(*dst, src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else *dst = src;
|
||||
|
||||
(*dst)->flags++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BLOCK) == BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BLOCK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct psy_block_literal *src = object;
|
||||
struct psy_block_literal **dst = destAddr;
|
||||
|
||||
*dst = Block_copy(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BLOCK) == BLOCK_FIELD_IS_OBJECT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id src = object;
|
||||
id *dst = destAddr;
|
||||
*dst = [src retain];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similarly a compiler generated dispose helper needs to call back for each
|
||||
* field of the byref data structure. (Currently the implementation only packs
|
||||
* one field into the byref structure but in principle there could be more).
|
||||
* The same flags used in the copy helper should be used for each call
|
||||
* generated to this function:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _Block_object_dispose(void *object, const int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// FIXME: Needs to be implemented
|
||||
if(flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_WEAK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(flags & BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BYREF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct psy_block_byref_obj *src = object;
|
||||
|
||||
src->flags--;
|
||||
if((src->flags & ~BLOCK_HAS_COPY_DISPOSE) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(src->size >= sizeof(struct psy_block_byref_obj))
|
||||
src->byref_dispose(src);
|
||||
|
||||
free(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((flags & ~BLOCK_BYREF_CALLER) == BLOCK_FIELD_IS_BLOCK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct psy_block_literal *src = object;
|
||||
Block_release(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((flags & ~BLOCK_BYREF_CALLER) == BLOCK_FIELD_IS_OBJECT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id src = object;
|
||||
[src release];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct StackBlockClass {
|
||||
void *isa; // initialized to &_NSConcreteStackBlock or &_NSConcreteGlobalBlock
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
int reserved;
|
||||
void (*invoke)(void *, ...);
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
unsigned long int reserved; // NULL
|
||||
unsigned long int size; // sizeof(struct Block_literal_1)
|
||||
// optional helper functions
|
||||
void (*copy_helper)(void *dst, void *src);
|
||||
void (*dispose_helper)(void *src);
|
||||
} *descriptor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy a block to the heap if it's still on the stack or increments its retain count.
|
||||
// The block is considered on the stack if self->descriptor->reserved == 0.
|
||||
void *Block_copy(void *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct StackBlockClass *self = src;
|
||||
struct StackBlockClass *ret = self;
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _NSConcreteStackBlock __attribute__((weak));
|
||||
|
||||
// If the block is Global, there's no need to copy it on the heap.
|
||||
if(self->isa == &_NSConcreteStackBlock && self->flags & BLOCK_HAS_DESCRIPTOR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(self->reserved == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ret = malloc(self->descriptor->size);
|
||||
memcpy(ret, self, self->descriptor->size);
|
||||
if(self->flags & BLOCK_HAS_COPY_DISPOSE)
|
||||
self->descriptor->copy_helper(ret, self);
|
||||
memcpy(self, ret, self->descriptor->size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret->reserved++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Release a block and frees the memory when the retain count hits zero.
|
||||
void Block_release(void *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct StackBlockClass *self = src;
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _NSConcreteStackBlock __attribute__((weak));
|
||||
|
||||
if(self->isa == &_NSConcreteStackBlock && // A Global block doesn't need to be released
|
||||
self->flags & BLOCK_HAS_DESCRIPTOR && // Should always be true...
|
||||
self->reserved > 0) // If false, then it's not allocated on the heap, we won't release auto memory !
|
||||
{
|
||||
self->reserved--;
|
||||
if(self->reserved == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(self->flags & BLOCK_HAS_COPY_DISPOSE)
|
||||
self->descriptor->dispose_helper(self);
|
||||
free(self);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime class related functions
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2002, 2009
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup and Dennis Glatting.
|
||||
|
||||
Lock-free class table code designed and written from scratch by
|
||||
Nicola Pero, 2001.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
The code in this file critically affects class method invocation
|
||||
speed. This long preamble comment explains why, and the issues
|
||||
involved.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
One of the traditional weaknesses of the GNU Objective-C runtime is
|
||||
that class method invocations are slow. The reason is that when you
|
||||
write
|
||||
|
||||
array = [NSArray new];
|
||||
|
||||
this gets basically compiled into the equivalent of
|
||||
|
||||
array = [(objc_get_class ("NSArray")) new];
|
||||
|
||||
objc_get_class returns the class pointer corresponding to the string
|
||||
`NSArray'; and because of the lookup, the operation is more
|
||||
complicated and slow than a simple instance method invocation.
|
||||
|
||||
Most high performance Objective-C code (using the GNU Objc runtime)
|
||||
I had the opportunity to read (or write) work around this problem by
|
||||
caching the class pointer:
|
||||
|
||||
Class arrayClass = [NSArray class];
|
||||
|
||||
... later on ...
|
||||
|
||||
array = [arrayClass new];
|
||||
array = [arrayClass new];
|
||||
array = [arrayClass new];
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, you always perform a class lookup (the first one), but
|
||||
then all the [arrayClass new] methods run exactly as fast as an
|
||||
instance method invocation. It helps if you have many class method
|
||||
invocations to the same class.
|
||||
|
||||
The long-term solution to this problem would be to modify the
|
||||
compiler to output tables of class pointers corresponding to all the
|
||||
class method invocations, and to add code to the runtime to update
|
||||
these tables - that should in the end allow class method invocations
|
||||
to perform precisely as fast as instance method invocations, because
|
||||
no class lookup would be involved. I think the Apple Objective-C
|
||||
runtime uses this technique. Doing this involves synchronized
|
||||
modifications in the runtime and in the compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
As a first medicine to the problem, I [NP] have redesigned and
|
||||
rewritten the way the runtime is performing class lookup. This
|
||||
doesn't give as much speed as the other (definitive) approach, but
|
||||
at least a class method invocation now takes approximately 4.5 times
|
||||
an instance method invocation on my machine (it would take approx 12
|
||||
times before the rewriting), which is a lot better.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the main reason the new class lookup is so faster is because
|
||||
I implemented it in a way that can safely run multithreaded without
|
||||
using locks - a so-called `lock-free' data structure. The atomic
|
||||
operation is pointer assignment. The reason why in this problem
|
||||
lock-free data structures work so well is that you never remove
|
||||
classes from the table - and the difficult thing with lock-free data
|
||||
structures is freeing data when is removed from the structures. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h" /* the kitchen sink */
|
||||
#include "objc/sarray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/objc.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/objc-api.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/thr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use a table which maps a class name to the corresponding class
|
||||
* pointer. The first part of this file defines this table, and
|
||||
* functions to do basic operations on the table. The second part of
|
||||
* the file implements some higher level Objective-C functionality for
|
||||
* classes by using the functions provided in the first part to manage
|
||||
* the table. */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
** Class Table Internals
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
/* A node holding a class */
|
||||
typedef struct class_node
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct class_node *next; /* Pointer to next entry on the list.
|
||||
NULL indicates end of list. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *name; /* The class name string */
|
||||
int length; /* The class name string length */
|
||||
Class pointer; /* The Class pointer */
|
||||
|
||||
} *class_node_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A table containing classes is a class_node_ptr (pointing to the
|
||||
first entry in the table - if it is NULL, then the table is
|
||||
empty). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have 1024 tables. Each table contains all class names which
|
||||
have the same hash (which is a number between 0 and 1023). To look
|
||||
up a class_name, we compute its hash, and get the corresponding
|
||||
table. Once we have the table, we simply compare strings directly
|
||||
till we find the one which we want (using the length first). The
|
||||
number of tables is quite big on purpose (a normal big application
|
||||
has less than 1000 classes), so that you shouldn't normally get any
|
||||
collisions, and get away with a single comparison (which we can't
|
||||
avoid since we need to know that you have got the right thing). */
|
||||
#define CLASS_TABLE_SIZE 1024
|
||||
#define CLASS_TABLE_MASK 1023
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static class_node_ptr class_table_array[CLASS_TABLE_SIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
/* The table writing mutex - we lock on writing to avoid conflicts
|
||||
between different writers, but we read without locks. That is
|
||||
possible because we assume pointer assignment to be an atomic
|
||||
operation. */
|
||||
static mutex_t __class_table_lock;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CLASS_TABLE_HASH is how we compute the hash of a class name. It is
|
||||
a macro - *not* a function - arguments *are* modified directly.
|
||||
|
||||
INDEX should be a variable holding an int;
|
||||
HASH should be a variable holding an int;
|
||||
CLASS_NAME should be a variable holding a (char *) to the class_name.
|
||||
|
||||
After the macro is executed, INDEX contains the length of the
|
||||
string, and HASH the computed hash of the string; CLASS_NAME is
|
||||
untouched. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CLASS_TABLE_HASH(INDEX, HASH, CLASS_NAME) \
|
||||
HASH = 0; \
|
||||
for (INDEX = 0; CLASS_NAME[INDEX] != '\0'; INDEX++) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
HASH = (HASH << 4) ^ (HASH >> 28) ^ CLASS_NAME[INDEX]; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
\
|
||||
HASH = (HASH ^ (HASH >> 10) ^ (HASH >> 20)) & CLASS_TABLE_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Setup the table. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
class_table_setup (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start - nothing in the table. */
|
||||
memset (class_table_array, 0, sizeof (class_node_ptr) * CLASS_TABLE_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The table writing mutex. */
|
||||
INIT_LOCK(__class_table_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert a class in the table (used when a new class is registered). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
class_table_insert (const char *class_name, Class class_pointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int hash, length;
|
||||
class_node_ptr new_node;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find out the class name's hash and length. */
|
||||
CLASS_TABLE_HASH (length, hash, class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prepare the new node holding the class. */
|
||||
new_node = objc_malloc (sizeof (struct class_node));
|
||||
new_node->name = class_name;
|
||||
new_node->length = length;
|
||||
new_node->pointer = class_pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the table for modifications. */
|
||||
LOCK(&__class_table_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the new node in the table at the beginning of the table at
|
||||
class_table_array[hash]. */
|
||||
new_node->next = class_table_array[hash];
|
||||
class_table_array[hash] = new_node;
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(&__class_table_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Replace a class in the table (used only by poseAs:). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
class_table_replace (Class old_class_pointer, Class new_class_pointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int hash;
|
||||
class_node_ptr node;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(&__class_table_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
hash = 0;
|
||||
node = class_table_array[hash];
|
||||
|
||||
while (hash < CLASS_TABLE_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (node == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hash++;
|
||||
if (hash < CLASS_TABLE_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node = class_table_array[hash];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class1 = node->pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
if (class1 == old_class_pointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node->pointer = new_class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(&__class_table_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a class from the table. This does not need mutex protection.
|
||||
Currently, this function is called each time you call a static
|
||||
method, this is why it must be very fast. */
|
||||
static inline Class
|
||||
class_table_get_safe (const char *class_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_node_ptr node;
|
||||
int length, hash;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute length and hash. */
|
||||
CLASS_TABLE_HASH (length, hash, class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
node = class_table_array[hash];
|
||||
|
||||
if (node != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (node->length == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Compare the class names. */
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp(node->name, class_name) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return node->pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((node->name)[i] != class_name[i])
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (i == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* They are equal! */
|
||||
return node->pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((node = node->next) != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return Nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enumerate over the class table. */
|
||||
struct class_table_enumerator
|
||||
{
|
||||
int hash;
|
||||
class_node_ptr node;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static Class
|
||||
class_table_next (struct class_table_enumerator **e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct class_table_enumerator *enumerator = *e;
|
||||
class_node_ptr next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (enumerator == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*e = objc_malloc (sizeof (struct class_table_enumerator));
|
||||
enumerator = *e;
|
||||
enumerator->hash = 0;
|
||||
enumerator->node = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
next = class_table_array[enumerator->hash];
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
next = enumerator->node->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (next != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
enumerator->node = next;
|
||||
return enumerator->node->pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
enumerator->hash++;
|
||||
|
||||
while (enumerator->hash < CLASS_TABLE_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
next = class_table_array[enumerator->hash];
|
||||
if (next != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
enumerator->node = next;
|
||||
return enumerator->node->pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
enumerator->hash++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ok - table finished - done. */
|
||||
objc_free (enumerator);
|
||||
return Nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0 /* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS */
|
||||
/* Debugging function - print the class table. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
class_table_print (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < CLASS_TABLE_SIZE; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_node_ptr node;
|
||||
|
||||
printf ("%d:\n", i);
|
||||
node = class_table_array[i];
|
||||
|
||||
while (node != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("\t%s\n", node->name);
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Debugging function - print an histogram of number of classes in
|
||||
function of hash key values. Useful to evaluate the hash function
|
||||
in real cases. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
class_table_print_histogram (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int counter = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < CLASS_TABLE_SIZE; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_node_ptr node;
|
||||
|
||||
node = class_table_array[i];
|
||||
|
||||
while (node != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
counter++;
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (((i + 1) % 50) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("%4d:", i + 1);
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < counter; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("X");
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
counter = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf ("%4d:", i + 1);
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < counter; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("X");
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
** Objective-C runtime functions
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
/* From now on, the only access to the class table data structure
|
||||
should be via the class_table_* functions. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a hook which is called by objc_get_class and
|
||||
objc_lookup_class if the runtime is not able to find the class.
|
||||
This may e.g. try to load in the class using dynamic loading. */
|
||||
Class (*_objc_lookup_class) (const char *name) = 0; /* !T:SAFE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* True when class links has been resolved. */
|
||||
BOOL __objc_class_links_resolved = NO; /* !T:UNUSED */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_init_class_tables (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate the class hash table. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (__class_table_lock)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
class_table_setup ();
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function adds a class to the class hash table, and assigns the
|
||||
class a number, unless it's already known. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_add_class_to_hash (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class h_class;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the table is there. */
|
||||
//assert (__class_table_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure it's not a meta class. */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (class));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the class is already in the hash table. */
|
||||
h_class = class_table_get_safe (class->name);
|
||||
if (! h_class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The class isn't in the hash table. Add the class and assign a class
|
||||
number. */
|
||||
static unsigned int class_number = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
CLS_SETNUMBER (class, class_number);
|
||||
CLS_SETNUMBER (class->class_pointer, class_number);
|
||||
|
||||
++class_number;
|
||||
class_table_insert (class->name, class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the class object for the class named NAME. If NAME does not
|
||||
identify a known class, the hook _objc_lookup_class is called. If
|
||||
this fails, nil is returned. */
|
||||
Class
|
||||
objc_lookup_class (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
class = class_table_get_safe (name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class)
|
||||
return class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_objc_lookup_class)
|
||||
return (*_objc_lookup_class) (name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the class object for the class named NAME. If NAME does not
|
||||
identify a known class, the hook _objc_lookup_class is called. If
|
||||
this fails, an error message is issued and the system aborts. */
|
||||
Class
|
||||
objc_get_class (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
class = class_table_get_safe (name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class)
|
||||
return class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_objc_lookup_class)
|
||||
class = (*_objc_lookup_class) (name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class)
|
||||
return class;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_BAD_CLASS,
|
||||
"objc runtime: cannot find class %s\n", name);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MetaClass
|
||||
objc_get_meta_class (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return objc_get_class (name)->class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function provides a way to enumerate all the classes in the
|
||||
executable. Pass *ENUM_STATE == NULL to start the enumeration. The
|
||||
function will return 0 when there are no more classes.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
id class;
|
||||
void *es = NULL;
|
||||
while ((class = objc_next_class (&es)))
|
||||
... do something with class;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Class
|
||||
objc_next_class (void **enum_state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the table is there. */
|
||||
//assert (__class_table_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
class = class_table_next ((struct class_table_enumerator **) enum_state);
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
return class;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve super/subclass links for all classes. The only thing we
|
||||
can be sure of is that the class_pointer for class objects point to
|
||||
the right meta class objects. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_resolve_class_links (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct class_table_enumerator *es = NULL;
|
||||
Class object_class = objc_get_class ("Object");
|
||||
Class class1;
|
||||
|
||||
assert (object_class);
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign subclass links. */
|
||||
while ((class1 = class_table_next (&es)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure we have what we think we have. */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (class1));
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISMETA (class1->class_pointer));
|
||||
|
||||
/* The class_pointer of all meta classes point to Object's meta
|
||||
class. */
|
||||
class1->class_pointer->class_pointer = object_class->class_pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! CLS_ISRESOLV (class1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLS_SETRESOLV (class1);
|
||||
CLS_SETRESOLV (class1->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class1->super_class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class a_super_class
|
||||
= objc_get_class ((char *) class1->super_class);
|
||||
|
||||
assert (a_super_class);
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("making class connections for: %s\n",
|
||||
class1->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign subclass links for superclass. */
|
||||
class1->sibling_class = a_super_class->subclass_list;
|
||||
a_super_class->subclass_list = class1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign subclass links for meta class of superclass. */
|
||||
if (a_super_class->class_pointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class1->class_pointer->sibling_class
|
||||
= a_super_class->class_pointer->subclass_list;
|
||||
a_super_class->class_pointer->subclass_list
|
||||
= class1->class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* A root class, make its meta object be a subclass of
|
||||
Object. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
class1->class_pointer->sibling_class
|
||||
= object_class->subclass_list;
|
||||
object_class->subclass_list = class1->class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign superclass links. */
|
||||
es = NULL;
|
||||
while ((class1 = class_table_next (&es)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class sub_class;
|
||||
for (sub_class = class1->subclass_list; sub_class;
|
||||
sub_class = sub_class->sibling_class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sub_class->super_class = class1;
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS (sub_class))
|
||||
sub_class->class_pointer->super_class = class1->class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define CLASSOF(c) ((c)->class_pointer)
|
||||
|
||||
Class
|
||||
class_pose_as (Class impostor, Class super_class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (! CLS_ISRESOLV (impostor))
|
||||
__objc_resolve_class_links ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preconditions */
|
||||
assert (impostor);
|
||||
assert (super_class);
|
||||
assert (impostor->super_class == super_class);
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (impostor));
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (super_class));
|
||||
assert (impostor->instance_size == super_class->instance_size);
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class *subclass = &(super_class->subclass_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Move subclasses of super_class to impostor. */
|
||||
while (*subclass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class nextSub = (*subclass)->sibling_class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*subclass != impostor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class sub = *subclass;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Classes */
|
||||
sub->sibling_class = impostor->subclass_list;
|
||||
sub->super_class = impostor;
|
||||
impostor->subclass_list = sub;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It will happen that SUB is not a class object if it is
|
||||
the top of the meta class hierarchy chain (root
|
||||
meta-class objects inherit their class object). If
|
||||
that is the case... don't mess with the meta-meta
|
||||
class. */
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS (sub))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Meta classes */
|
||||
CLASSOF (sub)->sibling_class =
|
||||
CLASSOF (impostor)->subclass_list;
|
||||
CLASSOF (sub)->super_class = CLASSOF (impostor);
|
||||
CLASSOF (impostor)->subclass_list = CLASSOF (sub);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*subclass = nextSub;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set subclasses of superclass to be impostor only. */
|
||||
super_class->subclass_list = impostor;
|
||||
CLASSOF (super_class)->subclass_list = CLASSOF (impostor);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set impostor to have no sibling classes. */
|
||||
impostor->sibling_class = 0;
|
||||
CLASSOF (impostor)->sibling_class = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check relationship of impostor and super_class is kept. */
|
||||
assert (impostor->super_class == super_class);
|
||||
assert (CLASSOF (impostor)->super_class == CLASSOF (super_class));
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is how to update the lookup table. Regardless of what the
|
||||
keys of the hashtable is, change all values that are superclass
|
||||
into impostor. */
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
class_table_replace (super_class, impostor);
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Next, we update the dispatch tables... */
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (CLASSOF (impostor));
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (impostor);
|
||||
|
||||
return impostor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
|
||||
/* Basic data types for Objective C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1998, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ovidiu Predescu.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/objc.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/encoding.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if OBJC_WITH_GC
|
||||
|
||||
#include <gc.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* gc_typed.h uses the following but doesn't declare them */
|
||||
typedef GC_word word;
|
||||
typedef GC_signed_word signed_word;
|
||||
#define BITS_PER_WORD (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (word))
|
||||
|
||||
#include <gc_typed.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following functions set up in `mask` the corresponding pointers.
|
||||
The offset is incremented with the size of the type. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define ROUND(V, A) \
|
||||
({ typeof (V) __v = (V); typeof (A) __a = (A); \
|
||||
__a * ((__v+__a - 1)/__a); })
|
||||
|
||||
#define SET_BIT_FOR_OFFSET(mask, offset) \
|
||||
GC_set_bit (mask, offset / sizeof (void *))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some prototypes */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_struct (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type, int offset);
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_union (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type, int offset);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_array (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type, int offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, len = atoi (type + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
while (isdigit (*++type))
|
||||
/* do nothing */; /* skip the size of the array */
|
||||
|
||||
switch (*type) {
|
||||
case _C_ARY_B:
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_array (mask, type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_STRUCT_B:
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_struct (mask, type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_UNION_B:
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_union (mask, type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_struct (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type, int offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_struct_layout layout;
|
||||
unsigned int position;
|
||||
const char *mtype;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_layout_structure (type, &layout);
|
||||
|
||||
while (objc_layout_structure_next_member (&layout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOOL gc_invisible = NO;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_layout_structure_get_info (&layout, &position, NULL, &mtype);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip the variable name */
|
||||
if (*mtype == '"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (mtype++; *mtype++ != '"';)
|
||||
/* do nothing */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*mtype == _C_GCINVISIBLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gc_invisible = YES;
|
||||
mtype++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to position the offset of this structure */
|
||||
position += offset;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (*mtype) {
|
||||
case _C_ID:
|
||||
case _C_CLASS:
|
||||
case _C_SEL:
|
||||
case _C_PTR:
|
||||
case _C_CHARPTR:
|
||||
case _C_ATOM:
|
||||
if (! gc_invisible)
|
||||
SET_BIT_FOR_OFFSET (mask, position);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_ARY_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_array (mask, mtype, position);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_STRUCT_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_struct (mask, mtype, position);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_UNION_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_union (mask, mtype, position);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_union (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type, int offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Sub-optimal, quick implementation: assume the union is made of
|
||||
pointers, set up the mask accordingly. */
|
||||
|
||||
int i, size, align;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip the variable name */
|
||||
if (*type == '"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (type++; *type++ != '"';)
|
||||
/* do nothing */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size = objc_sizeof_type (type);
|
||||
align = objc_alignof_type (type);
|
||||
|
||||
offset = ROUND (offset, align);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < size; i += sizeof (void *))
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT_FOR_OFFSET (mask, offset);
|
||||
offset += sizeof (void *);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterates over the types in the structure that represents the class
|
||||
encoding and sets the bits in mask according to each ivar type. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_gc_type_description_from_type (GC_bitmap mask, const char *type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_struct_layout layout;
|
||||
unsigned int offset, align;
|
||||
const char *ivar_type;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_layout_structure (type, &layout);
|
||||
|
||||
while (objc_layout_structure_next_member (&layout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOOL gc_invisible = NO;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_layout_structure_get_info (&layout, &offset, &align, &ivar_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip the variable name */
|
||||
if (*ivar_type == '"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (ivar_type++; *ivar_type++ != '"';)
|
||||
/* do nothing */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ivar_type == _C_GCINVISIBLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gc_invisible = YES;
|
||||
ivar_type++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (*ivar_type) {
|
||||
case _C_ID:
|
||||
case _C_CLASS:
|
||||
case _C_SEL:
|
||||
case _C_PTR:
|
||||
case _C_CHARPTR:
|
||||
if (! gc_invisible)
|
||||
SET_BIT_FOR_OFFSET (mask, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_ARY_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_array (mask, ivar_type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_STRUCT_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_struct (mask, ivar_type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case _C_UNION_B:
|
||||
__objc_gc_setup_union (mask, ivar_type, offset);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Computes in *type the full type encoding of this class including
|
||||
its super classes. '*size' gives the total number of bytes allocated
|
||||
into *type, '*current' the number of bytes used so far by the
|
||||
encoding. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_class_structure_encoding (Class class, char **type, int *size,
|
||||
int *current)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, ivar_count;
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivars;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcat (*type, "{");
|
||||
(*current)++;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the type encodings of the super classes */
|
||||
__objc_class_structure_encoding (class->super_class, type, size, current);
|
||||
|
||||
ivars = class->ivars;
|
||||
if (! ivars)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
ivar_count = ivars->ivar_count;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < ivar_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar *ivar = &(ivars->ivar_list[i]);
|
||||
const char *ivar_type = ivar->ivar_type;
|
||||
int len = strlen (ivar_type);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*current + len + 1 >= *size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increase the size of the encoding string so that it
|
||||
contains this ivar's type. */
|
||||
*size = ROUND (*current + len + 1, 10);
|
||||
*type = objc_realloc (*type, *size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcat (*type + *current, ivar_type);
|
||||
*current += len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocates the memory that will hold the type description for class
|
||||
and calls the __objc_class_structure_encoding that generates this
|
||||
value. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_generate_gc_type_description (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GC_bitmap mask;
|
||||
int bits_no, size;
|
||||
int type_size = 10, current;
|
||||
char *class_structure_type;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! CLS_ISCLASS (class))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have to create a mask in which each bit counts for a pointer member.
|
||||
We take into consideration all the non-pointer instance variables and we
|
||||
round them up to the alignment. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of bits in the mask is the size of an instance in bytes divided
|
||||
by the size of a pointer. */
|
||||
bits_no = (ROUND (class_get_instance_size (class), sizeof (void *))
|
||||
/ sizeof (void *));
|
||||
size = ROUND (bits_no, BITS_PER_WORD) / BITS_PER_WORD;
|
||||
mask = objc_atomic_malloc (size * sizeof (int));
|
||||
memset (mask, 0, size * sizeof (int));
|
||||
|
||||
class_structure_type = objc_atomic_malloc (type_size);
|
||||
*class_structure_type = current = 0;
|
||||
__objc_class_structure_encoding (class, &class_structure_type,
|
||||
&type_size, ¤t);
|
||||
if (current + 1 == type_size)
|
||||
class_structure_type = objc_realloc (class_structure_type, ++type_size);
|
||||
strcat (class_structure_type + current, "}");
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf ("type description for '%s' is %s\n", class->name, class_structure_type);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_gc_type_description_from_type (mask, class_structure_type);
|
||||
objc_free (class_structure_type);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf (" mask for '%s', type '%s' (bits %d, mask size %d) is:",
|
||||
class_structure_type, class->name, bits_no, size);
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
||||
printf (" %lx", mask[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
puts ("");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class->gc_object_type = (void *) GC_make_descriptor (mask, bits_no);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns YES if type denotes a pointer type, NO otherwise */
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
__objc_ivar_pointer (const char *type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = objc_skip_type_qualifiers (type);
|
||||
|
||||
return (*type == _C_ID
|
||||
|| *type == _C_CLASS
|
||||
|| *type == _C_SEL
|
||||
|| *type == _C_PTR
|
||||
|| *type == _C_CHARPTR
|
||||
|| *type == _C_ATOM);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mark the instance variable whose name is given by ivarname as a
|
||||
weak pointer (a pointer hidden to the garbage collector) if
|
||||
gc_invisible is true. If gc_invisible is false it unmarks the
|
||||
instance variable and makes it a normal pointer, visible to the
|
||||
garbage collector.
|
||||
|
||||
This operation only makes sense on instance variables that are
|
||||
pointers. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
class_ivar_set_gcinvisible (Class class, const char *ivarname,
|
||||
BOOL gc_invisible)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, ivar_count;
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivars;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! class || ! ivarname)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
ivars = class->ivars;
|
||||
if (! ivars)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
ivar_count = ivars->ivar_count;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < ivar_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar *ivar = &(ivars->ivar_list[i]);
|
||||
const char *type;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! ivar->ivar_name || strcmp (ivar->ivar_name, ivarname))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
assert (ivar->ivar_type);
|
||||
type = ivar->ivar_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip the variable name */
|
||||
if (*type == '"')
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (type++; *type++ != '"';)
|
||||
/* do nothing */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*type == _C_GCINVISIBLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_type;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (gc_invisible || ! __objc_ivar_pointer (type))
|
||||
return; /* The type of the variable already matches the
|
||||
requested gc_invisible type */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The variable is gc_invisible so we make it gc visible. */
|
||||
new_type = objc_atomic_malloc (strlen(ivar->ivar_type));
|
||||
len = (type - ivar->ivar_type);
|
||||
memcpy (new_type, ivar->ivar_type, len);
|
||||
new_type[len] = 0;
|
||||
strcat (new_type, type + 1);
|
||||
ivar->ivar_type = new_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_type;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! gc_invisible || ! __objc_ivar_pointer (type))
|
||||
return; /* The type of the variable already matches the
|
||||
requested gc_invisible type */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The variable is gc visible so we make it gc_invisible. */
|
||||
new_type = objc_malloc (strlen(ivar->ivar_type) + 2);
|
||||
len = (type - ivar->ivar_type);
|
||||
memcpy (new_type, ivar->ivar_type, len);
|
||||
new_type[len] = 0;
|
||||
strcat (new_type, "!");
|
||||
strcat (new_type, type);
|
||||
ivar->ivar_type = new_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_generate_gc_type_description (class);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search the instance variable in the superclasses */
|
||||
class_ivar_set_gcinvisible (class->super_class, ivarname, gc_invisible);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* !OBJC_WITH_GC */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_generate_gc_type_description (Class class __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void class_ivar_set_gcinvisible (Class class __attribute__ ((__unused__)),
|
||||
const char *ivarname __attribute__ ((__unused__)),
|
||||
BOOL gc_invisible __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* OBJC_WITH_GC */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
|
||||
/* Hash tables for Objective C internal structures
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "assert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/hash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h" /* for DEBUG_PRINTF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* These two macros determine when a hash table is full and
|
||||
by how much it should be expanded respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
These equations are percentages. */
|
||||
#define FULLNESS(cache) \
|
||||
((((cache)->size * 75) / 100) <= (cache)->used)
|
||||
#define EXPANSION(cache) \
|
||||
((cache)->size * 2)
|
||||
|
||||
cache_ptr
|
||||
objc_hash_new (unsigned int size, hash_func_type hash_func,
|
||||
compare_func_type compare_func)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cache_ptr cache;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pass me a value greater than 0 and a power of 2. */
|
||||
assert (size);
|
||||
assert (! (size & (size - 1)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the cache structure. calloc insures
|
||||
its initialization for default values. */
|
||||
cache = (cache_ptr) objc_calloc (1, sizeof (struct cache));
|
||||
assert (cache);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the array of buckets for the cache.
|
||||
calloc initializes all of the pointers to NULL. */
|
||||
cache->node_table
|
||||
= (node_ptr *) objc_calloc (size, sizeof (node_ptr));
|
||||
assert (cache->node_table);
|
||||
|
||||
cache->size = size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This should work for all processor architectures? */
|
||||
cache->mask = (size - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the hashing function so that codes can be computed. */
|
||||
cache->hash_func = hash_func;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the function that compares hash keys to
|
||||
determine if they are equal. */
|
||||
cache->compare_func = compare_func;
|
||||
|
||||
return cache;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_hash_delete (cache_ptr cache)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node_ptr node;
|
||||
node_ptr next_node;
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Purge all key/value pairs from the table. */
|
||||
/* Step through the nodes one by one and remove every node WITHOUT
|
||||
using objc_hash_next. this makes objc_hash_delete much more efficient. */
|
||||
for (i = 0;i < cache->size;i++) {
|
||||
if ((node = cache->node_table[i])) {
|
||||
/* an entry in the hash table has been found, now step through the
|
||||
nodes next in the list and free them. */
|
||||
while ((next_node = node->next)) {
|
||||
objc_hash_remove (cache,node->key);
|
||||
node = next_node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
objc_hash_remove (cache,node->key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release the array of nodes and the cache itself. */
|
||||
objc_free(cache->node_table);
|
||||
objc_free(cache);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_hash_add (cache_ptr *cachep, const void *key, void *value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t indx = (*(*cachep)->hash_func)(*cachep, key);
|
||||
node_ptr node = (node_ptr) objc_calloc (1, sizeof (struct cache_node));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
assert (node);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the new node. */
|
||||
node->key = key;
|
||||
node->value = value;
|
||||
node->next = (*cachep)->node_table[indx];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Debugging.
|
||||
Check the list for another key. */
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
{ node_ptr node1 = (*cachep)->node_table[indx];
|
||||
|
||||
while (node1) {
|
||||
|
||||
assert (node1->key != key);
|
||||
node1 = node1->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Install the node as the first element on the list. */
|
||||
(*cachep)->node_table[indx] = node;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bump the number of entries in the cache. */
|
||||
++(*cachep)->used;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the hash table's fullness. We're going
|
||||
to expand if it is above the fullness level. */
|
||||
if (FULLNESS (*cachep)) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* The hash table has reached its fullness level. Time to
|
||||
expand it.
|
||||
|
||||
I'm using a slow method here but is built on other
|
||||
primitive functions thereby increasing its
|
||||
correctness. */
|
||||
node_ptr node1 = NULL;
|
||||
cache_ptr new = objc_hash_new (EXPANSION (*cachep),
|
||||
(*cachep)->hash_func,
|
||||
(*cachep)->compare_func);
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("Expanding cache %#x from %d to %d\n",
|
||||
(int) *cachep, (*cachep)->size, new->size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the nodes from the first hash table to the new one. */
|
||||
while ((node1 = objc_hash_next (*cachep, node1)))
|
||||
objc_hash_add (&new, node1->key, node1->value);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trash the old cache. */
|
||||
objc_hash_delete (*cachep);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the new hash table. */
|
||||
*cachep = new;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_hash_remove (cache_ptr cache, const void *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t indx = (*cache->hash_func)(cache, key);
|
||||
node_ptr node = cache->node_table[indx];
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We assume there is an entry in the table. Error if it is not. */
|
||||
assert (node);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Special case. First element is the key/value pair to be removed. */
|
||||
if ((*cache->compare_func)(node->key, key)) {
|
||||
cache->node_table[indx] = node->next;
|
||||
objc_free(node);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Otherwise, find the hash entry. */
|
||||
node_ptr prev = node;
|
||||
BOOL removed = NO;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
|
||||
if ((*cache->compare_func)(node->key, key)) {
|
||||
prev->next = node->next, removed = YES;
|
||||
objc_free(node);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
prev = node, node = node->next;
|
||||
} while (! removed && node);
|
||||
assert (removed);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the number of entries in the hash table. */
|
||||
--cache->used;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
node_ptr
|
||||
objc_hash_next (cache_ptr cache, node_ptr node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the scan is being started then reset the last node
|
||||
visitied pointer and bucket index. */
|
||||
if (! node)
|
||||
cache->last_bucket = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is a node visited last then check for another
|
||||
entry in the same bucket; Otherwise step to the next bucket. */
|
||||
if (node) {
|
||||
if (node->next)
|
||||
/* There is a node which follows the last node
|
||||
returned. Step to that node and retun it. */
|
||||
return node->next;
|
||||
else
|
||||
++cache->last_bucket;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the list isn't exhausted then search the buckets for
|
||||
other nodes. */
|
||||
if (cache->last_bucket < cache->size) {
|
||||
/* Scan the remainder of the buckets looking for an entry
|
||||
at the head of the list. Return the first item found. */
|
||||
while (cache->last_bucket < cache->size)
|
||||
if (cache->node_table[cache->last_bucket])
|
||||
return cache->node_table[cache->last_bucket];
|
||||
else
|
||||
++cache->last_bucket;
|
||||
|
||||
/* No further nodes were found in the hash table. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given KEY, return corresponding value for it in CACHE.
|
||||
Return NULL if the KEY is not recorded. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_hash_value_for_key (cache_ptr cache, const void *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node_ptr node = cache->node_table[(*cache->hash_func)(cache, key)];
|
||||
void *retval = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (node)
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if ((*cache->compare_func)(node->key, key)) {
|
||||
retval = node->value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
} while (! retval && node);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given KEY, return YES if it exists in the CACHE.
|
||||
Return NO if it does not */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL
|
||||
objc_hash_is_key_in_hash (cache_ptr cache, const void *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node_ptr node = cache->node_table[(*cache->hash_func)(cache, key)];
|
||||
|
||||
if (node)
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if ((*cache->compare_func)(node->key, key))
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
else
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
} while (node);
|
||||
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime initialization
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2002, 2009
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
+load support contributed by Ovidiu Predescu <ovidiu@net-community.com>
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The version number of this runtime. This must match the number
|
||||
defined in gcc (objc-act.c). */
|
||||
#define OBJC_BACK_COMPATIBLE_VERSION 8
|
||||
#define OBJC_VERSION 9
|
||||
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 2
|
||||
#define OBJC2_PROTOCOL_VERSION 3
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_sync_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This list contains all modules currently loaded into the runtime. */
|
||||
static struct objc_list *__objc_module_list = 0; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This list contains all proto_list's not yet assigned class links. */
|
||||
static struct objc_list *unclaimed_proto_list = 0; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* List of unresolved static instances. */
|
||||
static struct objc_list *uninitialized_statics = 0; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Global runtime "write" mutex. */
|
||||
static mutex_t objc_runtime_mutex;
|
||||
objc_mutex_t __objc_runtime_mutex = &objc_runtime_mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of threads that are alive. */
|
||||
int __objc_runtime_threads_alive = 1; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check compiler vs runtime version. */
|
||||
static void init_check_module_version (Module_t);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign isa links to protos. */
|
||||
static void __objc_init_protocols (struct objc_protocol_list *protos);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add protocol to class. */
|
||||
static void __objc_class_add_protocols (Class, struct objc_protocol_list *);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a hook which is called by __objc_exec_class every time a
|
||||
class or a category is loaded into the runtime. This may e.g. help
|
||||
a dynamic loader determine the classes that have been loaded when
|
||||
an object file is dynamically linked in. */
|
||||
void (*_objc_load_callback) (Class class, Category *category); /* !T:SAFE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is all categories/classes resolved? */
|
||||
BOOL __objc_dangling_categories = NO; /* !T:UNUSED */
|
||||
|
||||
extern SEL
|
||||
__sel_register_typed_name (const char *name, const char *types,
|
||||
struct objc_selector *orig, BOOL is_const);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sends +load to all classes and categories in certain situations. */
|
||||
static void objc_send_load (void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inserts all the classes defined in module in a tree of classes that
|
||||
resembles the class hierarchy. This tree is traversed in preorder
|
||||
and the classes in its nodes receive the +load message if these
|
||||
methods were not executed before. The algorithm ensures that when
|
||||
the +load method of a class is executed all the superclasses have
|
||||
been already received the +load message. */
|
||||
static void __objc_create_classes_tree (Module_t module);
|
||||
|
||||
static void __objc_call_callback (Module_t module);
|
||||
|
||||
/* A special version that works only before the classes are completely
|
||||
installed in the runtime. */
|
||||
static BOOL class_is_subclass_of_class (Class class, Class superclass);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_class_tree {
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
struct objc_list *subclasses; /* `head' is pointer to an objc_class_tree */
|
||||
} objc_class_tree;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a linked list of objc_class_tree trees. The head of these
|
||||
trees are root classes (their super class is Nil). These different
|
||||
trees represent different class hierarchies. */
|
||||
static struct objc_list *__objc_class_tree_list = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Keeps the +load methods who have been already executed. This hash
|
||||
should not be destroyed during the execution of the program. */
|
||||
static cache_ptr __objc_load_methods = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function is used when building the class tree used to send
|
||||
ordinately the +load message to all classes needing it. The tree
|
||||
is really needed so that superclasses will get the message before
|
||||
subclasses.
|
||||
|
||||
This tree will contain classes which are being loaded (or have just
|
||||
being loaded), and whose super_class pointers have not yet been
|
||||
resolved. This implies that their super_class pointers point to a
|
||||
string with the name of the superclass; when the first message is
|
||||
sent to the class (/an object of that class) the class links will
|
||||
be resolved, which will replace the super_class pointers with
|
||||
pointers to the actual superclasses.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, the tree might also contain classes which had been
|
||||
loaded previously, and whose class links have already been
|
||||
resolved.
|
||||
|
||||
This function returns the superclass of a class in both cases, and
|
||||
can be used to build the determine the class relationships while
|
||||
building the tree.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static Class class_superclass_of_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *super_class_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the class links have been resolved, use the resolved
|
||||
* links. */
|
||||
if (CLS_ISRESOLV (class))
|
||||
return class->super_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Else, 'class' has not yet been resolved. This means that its
|
||||
* super_class pointer is really the name of the super class (rather
|
||||
* than a pointer to the actual superclass). */
|
||||
super_class_name = (char *)class->super_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return Nil for a root class. */
|
||||
if (super_class_name == NULL)
|
||||
return Nil;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup the superclass of non-root classes. */
|
||||
return objc_lookup_class (super_class_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Creates a tree of classes whose topmost class is directly inherited
|
||||
from `upper' and the bottom class in this tree is
|
||||
`bottom_class'. The classes in this tree are super classes of
|
||||
`bottom_class'. `subclasses' member of each tree node point to the
|
||||
next subclass tree node. */
|
||||
|
||||
static objc_class_tree *
|
||||
create_tree_of_subclasses_inherited_from (Class bottom_class, Class upper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class superclass = bottom_class->super_class ?
|
||||
objc_lookup_class ((char *) bottom_class->super_class)
|
||||
: Nil;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_class_tree *tree, *prev;
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("create_tree_of_subclasses_inherited_from:");
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("bottom_class = %s, upper = %s\n",
|
||||
(bottom_class ? bottom_class->name : NULL),
|
||||
(upper ? upper->name : NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
tree = prev = objc_calloc (1, sizeof (objc_class_tree));
|
||||
prev->class = bottom_class;
|
||||
|
||||
while (superclass != upper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tree = objc_calloc (1, sizeof (objc_class_tree));
|
||||
tree->class = superclass;
|
||||
tree->subclasses = list_cons (prev, tree->subclasses);
|
||||
superclass = class_superclass_of_class (superclass);
|
||||
prev = tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the `class' into the proper place in the `tree' class
|
||||
hierarchy. This function returns a new tree if the class has been
|
||||
successfully inserted into the tree or NULL if the class is not
|
||||
part of the classes hierarchy described by `tree'. This function is
|
||||
private to objc_tree_insert_class (), you should not call it
|
||||
directly. */
|
||||
|
||||
static objc_class_tree *
|
||||
__objc_tree_insert_class (objc_class_tree *tree, Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("__objc_tree_insert_class: tree = %x, class = %s\n",
|
||||
(int)tree, class->name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tree == NULL)
|
||||
return create_tree_of_subclasses_inherited_from (class, NULL);
|
||||
else if (class == tree->class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* `class' has been already inserted */
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("1. class %s was previously inserted\n", class->name);
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (class_superclass_of_class (class) == tree->class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If class is a direct subclass of tree->class then add class to the
|
||||
list of subclasses. First check to see if it wasn't already
|
||||
inserted. */
|
||||
struct objc_list *list = tree->subclasses;
|
||||
objc_class_tree *node;
|
||||
|
||||
while (list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Class has been already inserted; do nothing just return
|
||||
the tree. */
|
||||
if (((objc_class_tree *) list->head)->class == class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("2. class %s was previously inserted\n",
|
||||
class->name);
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
list = list->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a new node class and insert it into the list of subclasses */
|
||||
node = objc_calloc (1, sizeof (objc_class_tree));
|
||||
node->class = class;
|
||||
tree->subclasses = list_cons (node, tree->subclasses);
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("3. class %s inserted\n", class->name);
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The class is not a direct subclass of tree->class. Search for
|
||||
class's superclasses in the list of subclasses. */
|
||||
struct objc_list *subclasses = tree->subclasses;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Precondition: the class must be a subclass of tree->class;
|
||||
otherwise return NULL to indicate our caller that it must
|
||||
take the next tree. */
|
||||
if (! class_is_subclass_of_class (class, tree->class))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; subclasses != NULL; subclasses = subclasses->tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class aClass = ((objc_class_tree *) (subclasses->head))->class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (class_is_subclass_of_class (class, aClass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If we found one of class's superclasses we insert the
|
||||
class into its subtree and return the original tree
|
||||
since nothing has been changed. */
|
||||
subclasses->head
|
||||
= __objc_tree_insert_class (subclasses->head, class);
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("4. class %s inserted\n", class->name);
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We haven't found a subclass of `class' in the `subclasses'
|
||||
list. Create a new tree of classes whose topmost class is a
|
||||
direct subclass of tree->class. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_class_tree *new_tree
|
||||
= create_tree_of_subclasses_inherited_from (class, tree->class);
|
||||
tree->subclasses = list_cons (new_tree, tree->subclasses);
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("5. class %s inserted\n", class->name);
|
||||
return tree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function inserts `class' in the right tree hierarchy classes. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
objc_tree_insert_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *list_node;
|
||||
objc_class_tree *tree;
|
||||
|
||||
list_node = __objc_class_tree_list;
|
||||
while (list_node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tree = __objc_tree_insert_class (list_node->head, class);
|
||||
if (tree)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_node->head = tree;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
list_node = list_node->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the list was finished but the class hasn't been inserted,
|
||||
insert it here. */
|
||||
if (! list_node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_class_tree_list = list_cons (NULL, __objc_class_tree_list);
|
||||
__objc_class_tree_list->head = __objc_tree_insert_class (NULL, class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Traverse tree in preorder. Used to send +load. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
objc_preorder_traverse (objc_class_tree *tree,
|
||||
int level,
|
||||
void (*function) (objc_class_tree *, int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *node;
|
||||
|
||||
(*function) (tree, level);
|
||||
for (node = tree->subclasses; node; node = node->tail)
|
||||
objc_preorder_traverse (node->head, level + 1, function);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Traverse tree in postorder. Used to destroy a tree. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
objc_postorder_traverse (objc_class_tree *tree,
|
||||
int level,
|
||||
void (*function) (objc_class_tree *, int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *node;
|
||||
|
||||
for (node = tree->subclasses; node; node = node->tail)
|
||||
objc_postorder_traverse (node->head, level + 1, function);
|
||||
(*function) (tree, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used to print a tree class hierarchy. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_tree_print (objc_class_tree *tree, int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < level; i++)
|
||||
printf (" ");
|
||||
printf ("%s\n", tree->class->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walks on a linked list of methods in the reverse order and executes
|
||||
all the methods corresponding to `op' selector. Walking in the
|
||||
reverse order assures the +load of class is executed first and then
|
||||
+load of categories because of the way in which categories are
|
||||
added to the class methods. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_send_message_in_list (MethodList_t method_list, Class class, SEL op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! method_list)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First execute the `op' message in the following method lists */
|
||||
__objc_send_message_in_list (method_list->method_next, class, op);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search the method list. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t mth = &method_list->method_list[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if (mth->method_name && sel_eq (mth->method_name, op)
|
||||
&& ! objc_hash_is_key_in_hash (__objc_load_methods, mth->method_imp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Add this method into the +load hash table */
|
||||
objc_hash_add (&__objc_load_methods,
|
||||
mth->method_imp,
|
||||
mth->method_imp);
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("sending +load in class: %s\n", class->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The method was found and wasn't previously executed. */
|
||||
(*mth->method_imp) ((id)class, mth->method_name);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_send_load (objc_class_tree *tree,
|
||||
int level __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
static SEL load_sel = 0;
|
||||
Class class = tree->class;
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list = class->class_pointer->methods;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! load_sel)
|
||||
load_sel = sel_register_name ("load");
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_send_message_in_list (method_list, class, load_sel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_destroy_class_tree_node (objc_class_tree *tree,
|
||||
int level __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_free (tree);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is used to check if the relationship between two classes
|
||||
before the runtime completely installs the classes. */
|
||||
|
||||
static BOOL
|
||||
class_is_subclass_of_class (Class class, Class superclass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (; class != Nil;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (class == superclass)
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
class = class_superclass_of_class (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This list contains all the classes in the runtime system for whom
|
||||
their superclasses are not yet known to the runtime. */
|
||||
static struct objc_list *unresolved_classes = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extern function used to reference the Object and NXConstantString
|
||||
classes. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern void __objc_force_linking (void);
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_force_linking (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern void __objc_linking (void);
|
||||
__objc_linking ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run through the statics list, removing modules as soon as all its
|
||||
statics have been initialized. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
objc_init_statics (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list **cell = &uninitialized_statics;
|
||||
struct objc_static_instances **statics_in_module;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
while (*cell)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int module_initialized = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (statics_in_module = (*cell)->head;
|
||||
*statics_in_module; statics_in_module++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_static_instances *statics = *statics_in_module;
|
||||
Class class = objc_lookup_class (statics->class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (! class)
|
||||
module_initialized = 0;
|
||||
/* Actually, the static's class_pointer will be NULL when we
|
||||
haven't been here before. However, the comparison is to be
|
||||
reminded of taking into account class posing and to think about
|
||||
possible semantics... */
|
||||
else if (class != statics->instances[0]->class_pointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id *inst;
|
||||
|
||||
for (inst = &statics->instances[0]; *inst; inst++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*inst)->class_pointer = class;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ??? Make sure the object will not be freed. With
|
||||
refcounting, invoke `-retain'. Without refcounting, do
|
||||
nothing and hope that `-free' will never be invoked. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ??? Send the object an `-initStatic' or something to
|
||||
that effect now or later on? What are the semantics of
|
||||
statically allocated instances, besides the trivial
|
||||
NXConstantString, anyway? */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (module_initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Remove this module from the uninitialized list. */
|
||||
struct objc_list *this = *cell;
|
||||
*cell = this->tail;
|
||||
objc_free (this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
cell = &(*cell)->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
} /* objc_init_statics */
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_init_protocol_table(void);
|
||||
/* This function is called by constructor functions generated for each
|
||||
module compiled. (_GLOBAL_$I$...) The purpose of this function is
|
||||
to gather the module pointers so that they may be processed by the
|
||||
initialization routines as soon as possible. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_exec_class (Module_t module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Have we processed any constructors previously? This flag is used to
|
||||
indicate that some global data structures need to be built. */
|
||||
static BOOL previous_constructors = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
static struct objc_list *unclaimed_categories = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The symbol table (defined in objc-api.h) generated by gcc */
|
||||
Symtab_t symtab = module->symtab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The statics in this module */
|
||||
struct objc_static_instances **statics
|
||||
= symtab->defs[symtab->cls_def_cnt + symtab->cat_def_cnt];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Entry used to traverse hash lists */
|
||||
struct objc_list **cell;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The table of selector references for this module */
|
||||
SEL selectors = symtab->refs;
|
||||
|
||||
/* dummy counter */
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("received module: %s\n", module->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* check compiler version */
|
||||
init_check_module_version (module);
|
||||
|
||||
/* On the first call of this routine, initialize some data structures. */
|
||||
// FIXME: This should really be using a pthread_once or equivalent.
|
||||
if (! previous_constructors)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize thread-safe system */
|
||||
__objc_init_thread_system ();
|
||||
__objc_sync_init();
|
||||
__objc_runtime_threads_alive = 1;
|
||||
INIT_LOCK(objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_init_selector_tables ();
|
||||
__objc_init_protocol_table ();
|
||||
__objc_init_class_tables ();
|
||||
__objc_init_dispatch_tables ();
|
||||
__objc_class_tree_list = list_cons (NULL, __objc_class_tree_list);
|
||||
__objc_load_methods = objc_hash_new (128,
|
||||
(hash_func_type)objc_hash_ptr,
|
||||
objc_compare_ptrs);
|
||||
previous_constructors = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save the module pointer for later processing. (not currently used) */
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
__objc_module_list = list_cons (module, __objc_module_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Replace referenced selectors from names to SEL's. */
|
||||
if (selectors)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (i = 0; selectors[i].sel_id; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *name, *type;
|
||||
name = (char *) selectors[i].sel_id;
|
||||
type = (char *) selectors[i].sel_types;
|
||||
/* Constructors are constant static data so we can safely store
|
||||
pointers to them in the runtime structures. is_const == YES */
|
||||
__sel_register_typed_name (name, type,
|
||||
(struct objc_selector *) &(selectors[i]),
|
||||
YES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the classes in the load module and gather selector information. */
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("gathering selectors from module: %s\n", module->name);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < symtab->cls_def_cnt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class = (Class) symtab->defs[i];
|
||||
const char *superclass = (char *) class->super_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure we have what we think. */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (class));
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISMETA (class->class_pointer));
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("phase 1, processing class: %s\n", class->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the subclass list to be NULL.
|
||||
In some cases it isn't and this crashes the program. */
|
||||
class->subclass_list = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the class in the class table and assign class numbers. */
|
||||
__objc_add_class_to_hash (class);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register all of the selectors in the class and meta class. */
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_class (class);
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_class ((Class) class->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Install the fake dispatch tables */
|
||||
__objc_install_premature_dtable (class);
|
||||
__objc_install_premature_dtable (class->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register the instance methods as class methods, this is
|
||||
only done for root classes. */
|
||||
__objc_register_instance_methods_to_class (class);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class->protocols)
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (class->protocols);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the superclass is known in this point. If it's not
|
||||
add the class to the unresolved_classes list. */
|
||||
if (superclass && ! objc_lookup_class (superclass))
|
||||
unresolved_classes = list_cons (class, unresolved_classes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process category information from the module. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < symtab->cat_def_cnt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Category_t category = symtab->defs[i + symtab->cls_def_cnt];
|
||||
Class class = objc_lookup_class (category->class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the class for the category exists then append its methods. */
|
||||
if (class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("processing categories from (module,object): %s, %s\n",
|
||||
module->name,
|
||||
class->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do instance methods. */
|
||||
if (category->instance_methods)
|
||||
class_add_method_list (class, category->instance_methods);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do class methods. */
|
||||
if (category->class_methods)
|
||||
class_add_method_list ((Class) class->class_pointer,
|
||||
category->class_methods);
|
||||
|
||||
if (category->protocols)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (category->protocols);
|
||||
__objc_class_add_protocols (class, category->protocols);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register the instance methods as class methods, this is
|
||||
only done for root classes. */
|
||||
__objc_register_instance_methods_to_class (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The object to which the category methods belong can't be found.
|
||||
Save the information. */
|
||||
unclaimed_categories = list_cons (category, unclaimed_categories);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (statics)
|
||||
uninitialized_statics = list_cons (statics, uninitialized_statics);
|
||||
if (uninitialized_statics)
|
||||
objc_init_statics ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan the unclaimed category hash. Attempt to attach any unclaimed
|
||||
categories to objects. */
|
||||
for (cell = &unclaimed_categories; *cell; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Category_t category = (*cell)->head;
|
||||
Class class = objc_lookup_class (category->class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("attaching stored categories to object: %s\n",
|
||||
class->name);
|
||||
|
||||
list_remove_head (cell);
|
||||
|
||||
if (category->instance_methods)
|
||||
class_add_method_list (class, category->instance_methods);
|
||||
|
||||
if (category->class_methods)
|
||||
class_add_method_list ((Class) class->class_pointer,
|
||||
category->class_methods);
|
||||
|
||||
if (category->protocols)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (category->protocols);
|
||||
__objc_class_add_protocols (class, category->protocols);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register the instance methods as class methods, this is
|
||||
only done for root classes. */
|
||||
__objc_register_instance_methods_to_class (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
cell = &(*cell)->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (unclaimed_proto_list && objc_lookup_class ("Protocol"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_mapcar (unclaimed_proto_list,
|
||||
(void (*) (void *))__objc_init_protocols);
|
||||
list_free (unclaimed_proto_list);
|
||||
unclaimed_proto_list = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
objc_send_load ();
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_compute_ivar_offsets (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
/* If this class was compiled with support for late-bound ivars, the
|
||||
* instance_size field will contain 0 - {the size of the instance variables
|
||||
* declared for just this class}. The individual instance variable offset
|
||||
* fields will then be the offsets from the start of the class, and so must
|
||||
* have the size of the parent class prepended. */
|
||||
if (class->instance_size <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class super = class_superclass_of_class(class);
|
||||
if (Nil == super) { return; }
|
||||
long ivar_start = super->instance_size;
|
||||
class->instance_size = ivar_start - class->instance_size;
|
||||
/* For each instance variable, we add the offset if required (it will be zero
|
||||
* if this class is compiled with a static ivar layout). We then set the
|
||||
* value of a global variable to the offset value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Any class compiled with support for the non-fragile ABI, but not actually
|
||||
* using it, will export the ivar offset field as a symbol.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that using non-fragile ivars breaks @defs(). If you need equivalent
|
||||
* functionality, provide an alternative @interface with all variables
|
||||
* declared @public.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (i = 0 ; i < class->ivars->ivar_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar *ivar = &class->ivars->ivar_list[i];
|
||||
ivar->ivar_offset += ivar_start;
|
||||
/* If we're using the new ABI then we also set up the faster ivar
|
||||
* offset variables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (CLS_ISNEW_ABI(class))
|
||||
{
|
||||
//*(class->ivar_offsets[i]) = ivar->ivar_offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
objc_send_load (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (! __objc_module_list)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to find out if all the classes loaded so far also have their
|
||||
superclasses known to the runtime. We suppose that the objects
|
||||
that are allocated in the +load method are in general of a class
|
||||
declared in the same module. */
|
||||
if (unresolved_classes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class = unresolved_classes->head;
|
||||
|
||||
while (objc_lookup_class ((char *) class->super_class))
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_remove_head (&unresolved_classes);
|
||||
if (unresolved_classes)
|
||||
class = unresolved_classes->head;
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we still have classes for whom we don't have yet their
|
||||
super classes known to the runtime we don't send the +load
|
||||
messages. */
|
||||
if (unresolved_classes)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Special check to allow creating and sending messages to constant
|
||||
strings in +load methods. If these classes are not yet known,
|
||||
even if all the other classes are known, delay sending of +load. */
|
||||
if (! objc_lookup_class ("NXConstantString") ||
|
||||
! objc_lookup_class ("Object"))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate over all modules in the __objc_module_list and call on
|
||||
them the __objc_create_classes_tree function. This function
|
||||
creates a tree of classes that resembles the class hierarchy. */
|
||||
list_mapcar (__objc_module_list,
|
||||
(void (*) (void *)) __objc_create_classes_tree);
|
||||
|
||||
while (__objc_class_tree_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
objc_preorder_traverse (__objc_class_tree_list->head,
|
||||
0, __objc_tree_print);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
objc_preorder_traverse (__objc_class_tree_list->head,
|
||||
0, __objc_send_load);
|
||||
objc_postorder_traverse (__objc_class_tree_list->head,
|
||||
0, __objc_destroy_class_tree_node);
|
||||
list_remove_head (&__objc_class_tree_list);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
list_mapcar (__objc_module_list, (void (*) (void *)) __objc_call_callback);
|
||||
list_free (__objc_module_list);
|
||||
__objc_module_list = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_create_classes_tree (Module_t module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The runtime mutex is locked in this point */
|
||||
|
||||
Symtab_t symtab = module->symtab;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate thru classes defined in this module and insert them in
|
||||
the classes tree hierarchy. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < symtab->cls_def_cnt; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class = (Class) symtab->defs[i];
|
||||
|
||||
objc_tree_insert_class (class);
|
||||
__objc_compute_ivar_offsets (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_call_callback (Module_t module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The runtime mutex is locked in this point. */
|
||||
|
||||
Symtab_t symtab = module->symtab;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate thru classes defined in this module and call the callback
|
||||
for each one. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < symtab->cls_def_cnt; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class class = (Class) symtab->defs[i];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call the _objc_load_callback for this class. */
|
||||
if (_objc_load_callback)
|
||||
_objc_load_callback (class, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call the _objc_load_callback for categories. Don't register the
|
||||
instance methods as class methods for categories to root classes
|
||||
since they were already added in the class. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < symtab->cat_def_cnt; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Category_t category = symtab->defs[i + symtab->cls_def_cnt];
|
||||
Class class = objc_lookup_class (category->class_name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_objc_load_callback)
|
||||
_objc_load_callback (class, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity check the version of gcc used to compile `module'. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
init_check_module_version (Module_t module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((module->version < OBJC_BACK_COMPATIBLE_VERSION) ||
|
||||
(module->version > OBJC_VERSION) || (module->size != sizeof (Module)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int code;
|
||||
|
||||
if (module->version > OBJC_VERSION)
|
||||
code = OBJC_ERR_OBJC_VERSION;
|
||||
else if (module->version < OBJC_VERSION)
|
||||
code = OBJC_ERR_GCC_VERSION;
|
||||
else
|
||||
code = OBJC_ERR_MODULE_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_error (nil, code, "Module %s version %d doesn't match runtime %d\n",
|
||||
module->name, (int)module->version, OBJC_VERSION);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (struct objc_protocol_list *protos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
static Class proto_class = 0;
|
||||
static Class proto_class2 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! protos)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
if (! proto_class)
|
||||
proto_class = objc_lookup_class ("Protocol");
|
||||
if (! proto_class2)
|
||||
proto_class2 = objc_lookup_class ("Protocol2");
|
||||
|
||||
if (! proto_class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unclaimed_proto_list = list_cons (protos, unclaimed_proto_list);
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
assert (protos->next == 0); /* only single ones allowed */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < protos->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_protocol *aProto = protos->list[i];
|
||||
switch (((size_t)aProto->class_pointer))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case PROTOCOL_VERSION:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* assign class pointer */
|
||||
aProto->class_pointer = proto_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/* init super protocols */
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (aProto->protocol_list);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// FIXME: Initialize empty protocol by updating fields to reflect
|
||||
// those of a real protocol with the same name
|
||||
case OBJC2_PROTOCOL_VERSION:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* assign class pointer */
|
||||
aProto->class_pointer = proto_class2;
|
||||
/* init super protocols */
|
||||
__objc_init_protocols (aProto->protocol_list);
|
||||
//__objc_unique_protocol (aProto);
|
||||
}
|
||||
default:
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (protos->list[i]->class_pointer != proto_class
|
||||
&& protos->list[i]->class_pointer != proto_class2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_PROTOCOL_VERSION,
|
||||
"Version %d doesn't match runtime protocol version %d\n",
|
||||
(int) ((char *) protos->list[i]->class_pointer
|
||||
- (char *) 0),
|
||||
PROTOCOL_VERSION);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCK(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_class_add_protocols (Class class, struct objc_protocol_list *protos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Well... */
|
||||
if (! protos)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add it... */
|
||||
protos->next = class->protocols;
|
||||
class->protocols = protos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime DLL Entry
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Scott Christley <scottc@net-community.com>
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
DLL entry function for Objective-C Runtime library
|
||||
This function gets called everytime a process/thread attaches to DLL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WINBOOL WINAPI DllMain(HANDLE hInst, ULONG ul_reason_for_call,
|
||||
LPVOID lpReserved)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(ul_reason_for_call)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DLL_THREAD_ATTACH:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DLL_THREAD_DETACH:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This section terminates the list of imports under GCC. If you do not
|
||||
include this then you will have problems when linking with DLLs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
asm (".section .idata$3\n" ".long 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0");
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/* Force linking of classes required by Objective C runtime.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ovidiu Predescu (ovidiu@net-community.com).
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <objc/Object.h>
|
||||
#include <objc/NXConstStr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Generate references to Object and NXConstanstString classes since they are
|
||||
needed by the runtime system to run correctly. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_linking (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
[Object name];
|
||||
[NXConstantString name];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
// libobjc requires recursive mutexes. These are delegated to the underlying
|
||||
// threading implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LIBOBJC_LOCK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __LIBOBJC_LOCK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
typedef HANDLE mutex_t;
|
||||
# define INIT_LOCK(x) x = CreateMutex(NULL, FALSE, NULL)
|
||||
# define LOCK(x) WaitForSingleObject(*x, INFINITE)
|
||||
# define UNLOCK(x) ReleaseMutex(*x)
|
||||
# define DESTROY_LOCK(x) CloseHandle(*x)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define _XOPEN 500
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t mutex_t;
|
||||
// If this pthread implementation has a static initializer for recursive
|
||||
// mutexes, use that, otherwise fall back to the portable version
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# define INIT_LOCK(x) x = PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# elif defined(PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER)
|
||||
# define INIT_LOCK(x) x = PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define INIT_LOCK(x) init_recursive_mutex(&(x))
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void init_recursive_mutex(pthread_mutex_t *x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttributes;
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttributes);
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
|
||||
pthread_mutex_init(x, &recursiveAttributes);
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttributes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# define LOCK(x) pthread_mutex_lock(x)
|
||||
# define UNLOCK(x) pthread_mutex_unlock(x)
|
||||
# define DESTROY_LOCK(x) pthread_mutex_destroy(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __LIBOBJC_LOCK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime Miscellaneous
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2002, 2009
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define __USE_FIXED_PROTOTYPES__
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Error handler function
|
||||
** NULL so that default is to just print to stderr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static objc_error_handler _objc_error_handler = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trigger an objc error */
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_error (id object, int code, const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list ap;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (ap, fmt);
|
||||
objc_verror (object, code, fmt, ap);
|
||||
va_end (ap);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trigger an objc error */
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_verror (id object, int code, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOOL result = NO;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call the error handler if its there
|
||||
Otherwise print to stderr */
|
||||
if (_objc_error_handler)
|
||||
result = (*_objc_error_handler) (object, code, fmt, ap);
|
||||
else
|
||||
vfprintf (stderr, fmt, ap);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Continue if the error handler says its ok
|
||||
Otherwise abort the program */
|
||||
if (result)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
else
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the error handler */
|
||||
objc_error_handler
|
||||
objc_set_error_handler (objc_error_handler func)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_error_handler temp = _objc_error_handler;
|
||||
_objc_error_handler = func;
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Standard functions for memory allocation and disposal.
|
||||
** Users should use these functions in their ObjC programs so
|
||||
** that they work properly with garbage collectors as well as
|
||||
** can take advantage of the exception/error handling available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_malloc (size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res = (void *) (*_objc_malloc) (size);
|
||||
if (! res)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted\n");
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_atomic_malloc (size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res = (void *) (*_objc_atomic_malloc) (size);
|
||||
if (! res)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted\n");
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_valloc (size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res = (void *) (*_objc_valloc) (size);
|
||||
if (! res)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted\n");
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_realloc (void *mem, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res = (void *) (*_objc_realloc) (mem, size);
|
||||
if (! res)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted\n");
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_calloc (size_t nelem, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res = (void *) (*_objc_calloc) (nelem, size);
|
||||
if (! res)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted\n");
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_free (void *mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*_objc_free) (mem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Hook functions for memory allocation and disposal.
|
||||
** This makes it easy to substitute garbage collection systems
|
||||
** such as Boehm's GC by assigning these function pointers
|
||||
** to the GC's allocation routines. By default these point
|
||||
** to the ANSI standard malloc, realloc, free, etc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Users should call the normal objc routines above for
|
||||
** memory allocation and disposal within their programs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if OBJC_WITH_GC
|
||||
#include <gc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static void *
|
||||
GC_calloc (size_t nelem, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *p = GC_malloc (nelem * size);
|
||||
if (! p)
|
||||
objc_error (nil, OBJC_ERR_MEMORY, "Virtual memory exhausted!\n");
|
||||
|
||||
memset (p, 0, nelem * size);
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
noFree (void *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *(*_objc_malloc) (size_t) = GC_malloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_atomic_malloc) (size_t) = GC_malloc_atomic;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_valloc) (size_t) = GC_malloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_realloc) (void *, size_t) = GC_realloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_calloc) (size_t, size_t) = GC_calloc;
|
||||
void (*_objc_free) (void *) = noFree;
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* !OBJC_WITH_GC */
|
||||
|
||||
void *(*_objc_malloc) (size_t) = malloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_atomic_malloc) (size_t) = malloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_valloc) (size_t) = malloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_realloc) (void *, size_t) = realloc;
|
||||
void *(*_objc_calloc) (size_t, size_t) = calloc;
|
||||
void (*_objc_free) (void *) = free;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !OBJC_WITH_GC */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// This function is exported as a weak symbol to enable GNUstep or some other
|
||||
// framework to replace it trivially
|
||||
void __attribute__((weak)) objc_enumerationMutation(void *obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Mutation occured during enumeration.");
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime nil receiver function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 2002, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the nil method, the function that is called when the receiver
|
||||
of a method is nil */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* When the receiver of a method invocation is nil, the runtime
|
||||
returns nil_method() as the method implementation. This function
|
||||
will be casted to whatever function was supposed to be executed to
|
||||
execute that method (that function will take an id, followed by a
|
||||
SEL, followed by who knows what arguments, depends on the method),
|
||||
and executed.
|
||||
|
||||
For this reason, nil_method() should be a function which can be
|
||||
called in place of any function taking an 'id' argument followed by
|
||||
a 'SEL' argument, followed by zero, or one, or any number of
|
||||
arguments (both a fixed number, or a variable number !).
|
||||
|
||||
There is no "proper" implementation of such a nil_method function
|
||||
in C, however in all existing implementations it does not matter
|
||||
when extra arguments are present, so we can simply create a function
|
||||
taking a receiver and a selector, and all other arguments will be
|
||||
ignored. :-)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
nil_method (id receiver, SEL op __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return receiver;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STRICT_MACOS_X
|
||||
# define OBJC_NONPORTABLE __attribute__((error("Function not supported by the Apple runtime")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define OBJC_NONPORTABLE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__DEPRECATE_DIRECT_ACCESS) || defined(__OBJC_LEGACY_GNU_MODE__) || defined(__OBJC_RUNTIME_INTERNAL__)
|
||||
# define OBJC_DEPRECATED
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define OBJC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
/* Interface for the NXConstantString class for Objective-C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Pieter J. Schoenmakers <tiggr@es.ele.tue.nl>
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __nxconstantstring_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __nxconstantstring_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@interface NXConstantString: Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *c_string;
|
||||
unsigned int len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
-(const char *) cString;
|
||||
-(unsigned int) length;
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
||||
/* Interface for the Object class for Objective-C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __object_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __object_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc.h"
|
||||
#include "typedstream.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* All classes are derived from Object. As such,
|
||||
* this is the overhead tacked onto those objects.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@interface Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class isa; /* A pointer to the instance's class structure */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initializing classes and instances */
|
||||
+ initialize;
|
||||
- init;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Creating, freeing, and copying instances */
|
||||
+ new;
|
||||
+ alloc;
|
||||
- free;
|
||||
- copy;
|
||||
- shallowCopy;
|
||||
- deepen;
|
||||
- deepCopy;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Identifying classes */
|
||||
- (Class)class;
|
||||
- (Class)superClass;
|
||||
- (MetaClass)metaClass;
|
||||
- (const char *)name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Identifying and comparing objects */
|
||||
- self;
|
||||
- (unsigned int)hash;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isEqual:anObject;
|
||||
- (int)compare:(id)anotherObject;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing object type */
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMetaClass;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isClass;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isInstance;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing inheritance relationships */
|
||||
- (BOOL)isKindOf:(Class)aClassObject;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMemberOf:(Class)aClassObject;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isKindOfClassNamed:(const char *)aClassName;
|
||||
- (BOOL)isMemberOfClassNamed:(const char *)aClassName;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing class functionality */
|
||||
+ (BOOL)instancesRespondTo:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- (BOOL)respondsTo:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing protocol conformance */
|
||||
- (BOOL)conformsTo:(Protocol*)aProtocol;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Introspection */
|
||||
+ (IMP)instanceMethodFor:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- (IMP)methodFor:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
+ (struct objc_method_description *)descriptionForInstanceMethod:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *)descriptionForMethod:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sending messages determined at run time */
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel with:anObject;
|
||||
- perform:(SEL)aSel with:anObject1 with:anObject2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forwarding */
|
||||
- (retval_t)forward:(SEL)aSel :(arglist_t)argFrame;
|
||||
- (retval_t)performv:(SEL)aSel :(arglist_t)argFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Posing */
|
||||
+ poseAs:(Class)aClassObject;
|
||||
- (Class)transmuteClassTo:(Class)aClassObject;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enforcing intentions */
|
||||
- subclassResponsibility:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- notImplemented:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- shouldNotImplement:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error handling */
|
||||
- doesNotRecognize:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- error:(const char *)aString, ...;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Archiving */
|
||||
+ (int)version;
|
||||
+ setVersion:(int)aVersion;
|
||||
+ (int)streamVersion: (TypedStream*)aStream;
|
||||
|
||||
- read: (TypedStream*)aStream;
|
||||
- write: (TypedStream*)aStream;
|
||||
- awake;
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/* Declare the class Protocol for Objective C programs.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __Protocol_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __Protocol_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@interface Protocol : Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
@protected
|
||||
char *protocol_name;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocol_list;
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list *instance_methods, *class_methods;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Obtaining attributes intrinsic to the protocol */
|
||||
|
||||
- (const char *)name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Testing protocol conformance */
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL) conformsTo: (Protocol *)aProtocolObject;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Looking up information specific to a protocol */
|
||||
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *) descriptionForInstanceMethod:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
- (struct objc_method_description *) descriptionForClassMethod:(SEL)aSel;
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __Protocol_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Blocks Runtime
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define BLOCKS_EXPORT extern "C"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCKS_EXPORT extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BLOCKS_EXPORT void *Block_copy(void *);
|
||||
BLOCKS_EXPORT void Block_release(void *);
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
||||
/* Encoding of types for Objective C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2002, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __encoding_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __encoding_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc-api.h"
|
||||
#include "Availability.h"
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#define _C_CONST 'r'
|
||||
#define _C_IN 'n'
|
||||
#define _C_INOUT 'N'
|
||||
#define _C_OUT 'o'
|
||||
#define _C_BYCOPY 'O'
|
||||
#define _C_BYREF 'R'
|
||||
#define _C_ONEWAY 'V'
|
||||
#define _C_GCINVISIBLE '!'
|
||||
|
||||
#define _F_CONST 0x01
|
||||
#define _F_IN 0x01
|
||||
#define _F_OUT 0x02
|
||||
#define _F_INOUT 0x03
|
||||
#define _F_BYCOPY 0x04
|
||||
#define _F_BYREF 0x08
|
||||
#define _F_ONEWAY 0x10
|
||||
#define _F_GCINVISIBLE 0x20
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_aligned_size (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int objc_sizeof_type (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int objc_alignof_type (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int objc_aligned_size (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int objc_promoted_size (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
const char *objc_skip_type_qualifiers (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
const char *objc_skip_typespec (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
const char *objc_skip_offset (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
const char *objc_skip_argspec (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int method_get_number_of_arguments (struct objc_method *) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
int method_get_sizeof_arguments (struct objc_method *) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
char *method_get_first_argument (struct objc_method *,
|
||||
arglist_t argframe,
|
||||
const char **type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
char *method_get_next_argument (arglist_t argframe,
|
||||
const char **type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
char *method_get_nth_argument (struct objc_method *m,
|
||||
arglist_t argframe,
|
||||
int arg,
|
||||
const char **type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned objc_get_type_qualifiers (const char *type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_struct_layout
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *original_type;
|
||||
const char *type;
|
||||
const char *prev_type;
|
||||
unsigned int record_size;
|
||||
unsigned int record_align;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_layout_structure (const char *type,
|
||||
struct objc_struct_layout *layout) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
BOOL objc_layout_structure_next_member (struct objc_struct_layout *layout) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
void objc_layout_finish_structure (struct objc_struct_layout *layout,
|
||||
unsigned int *size,
|
||||
unsigned int *align) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
void objc_layout_structure_get_info (struct objc_struct_layout *layout,
|
||||
unsigned int *offset,
|
||||
unsigned int *align,
|
||||
const char **type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __encoding_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
/* Hash tables for Objective C method dispatch.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __hash_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __hash_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "objc.h"
|
||||
#include "Availability.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This data structure is used to hold items
|
||||
* stored in a hash table. Each node holds
|
||||
* a key/value pair.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Items in the cache are really of type void *.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct cache_node
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct cache_node *next; /* Pointer to next entry on the list.
|
||||
NULL indicates end of list. */
|
||||
const void *key; /* Key used to locate the value. Used
|
||||
to locate value when more than one
|
||||
key computes the same hash
|
||||
value. */
|
||||
void *value; /* Value stored for the key. */
|
||||
} *node_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This data type is the function that computes a hash code given a key.
|
||||
* Therefore, the key can be a pointer to anything and the function specific
|
||||
* to the key type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unfortunately there is a mutual data structure reference problem with this
|
||||
* typedef. Therefore, to remove compiler warnings the functions passed to
|
||||
* objc_hash_new will have to be casted to this type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned int (*hash_func_type) (void *, const void *);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This data type is the function that compares two hash keys and returns an
|
||||
* integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, according as the first
|
||||
* parameter is lexicographically greater than, equal to, or less than the
|
||||
* second.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*compare_func_type) (const void *, const void *);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This data structure is the cache.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It must be passed to all of the hashing routines
|
||||
* (except for new).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct cache
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Variables used to implement the hash itself. */
|
||||
node_ptr *node_table; /* Pointer to an array of hash nodes. */
|
||||
/* Variables used to track the size of the hash table so to determine
|
||||
when to resize it. */
|
||||
unsigned int size; /* Number of buckets allocated for the hash table
|
||||
(number of array entries allocated for
|
||||
"node_table"). Must be a power of two. */
|
||||
unsigned int used; /* Current number of entries in the hash table. */
|
||||
unsigned int mask; /* Precomputed mask. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Variables used to implement indexing through the hash table. */
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int last_bucket; /* Tracks which entry in the array where
|
||||
the last value was returned. */
|
||||
/* Function used to compute a hash code given a key.
|
||||
This function is specified when the hash table is created. */
|
||||
hash_func_type hash_func;
|
||||
/* Function used to compare two hash keys to see if they are equal. */
|
||||
compare_func_type compare_func;
|
||||
} *cache_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Two important hash tables. */
|
||||
extern cache_ptr module_hash_table, class_hash_table;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate and initialize a hash table. */
|
||||
|
||||
cache_ptr objc_hash_new (unsigned int size,
|
||||
hash_func_type hash_func,
|
||||
compare_func_type compare_func) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deallocate all of the hash nodes and the cache itself. */
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_hash_delete (cache_ptr cache) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the key/value pair to the hash table. If the
|
||||
hash table reaches a level of fullness then it will be resized.
|
||||
|
||||
assert if the key is already in the hash. */
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_hash_add (cache_ptr *cachep, const void *key, void *value) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the key/value pair from the hash table.
|
||||
assert if the key isn't in the table. */
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_hash_remove (cache_ptr cache, const void *key) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used to index through the hash table. Start with NULL
|
||||
to get the first entry.
|
||||
|
||||
Successive calls pass the value returned previously.
|
||||
** Don't modify the hash during this operation ***
|
||||
|
||||
Cache nodes are returned such that key or value can
|
||||
be extracted. */
|
||||
|
||||
node_ptr objc_hash_next (cache_ptr cache, node_ptr node) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used to return a value from a hash table using a given key. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *objc_hash_value_for_key (cache_ptr cache, const void *key) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used to determine if the given key exists in the hash table */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL objc_hash_is_key_in_hash (cache_ptr cache, const void *key) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
Useful hashing functions.
|
||||
|
||||
Declared inline for your pleasure.
|
||||
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate a hash code by performing some
|
||||
manipulation of the key pointer. (Use the lowest bits
|
||||
except for those likely to be 0 due to alignment.) */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned int
|
||||
objc_hash_ptr (cache_ptr cache, const void *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((size_t)key / sizeof (void *)) & cache->mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate a hash code by iterating over a NULL
|
||||
terminate string. */
|
||||
static inline unsigned int
|
||||
objc_hash_string (cache_ptr cache, const void *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int ret = 0;
|
||||
unsigned int ctr = 0;
|
||||
const char *ckey = (const char *) key;
|
||||
|
||||
while (*ckey) {
|
||||
ret ^= *ckey++ << ctr;
|
||||
ctr = (ctr + 1) % sizeof (void *);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret & cache->mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compare two pointers for equality. */
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
objc_compare_ptrs (const void *k1, const void *k2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (k1 == k2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compare two strings. */
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
objc_compare_strings (const void *k1, const void *k2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (k1 == k2)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else if (k1 == 0 || k2 == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ! strcmp ((const char *) k1, (const char *) k2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __hash_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective-C Runtime API.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
|
||||
2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __objc_api_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __objc_api_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc.h"
|
||||
#include "hash.h"
|
||||
#include "thr.h"
|
||||
#include "objc-decls.h"
|
||||
#include "Availability.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For functions which return Method_t */
|
||||
#define METHOD_NULL (Method_t)0
|
||||
/* Boolean typedefs */
|
||||
/* Method descriptor returned by introspective Object methods.
|
||||
This is really just the first part of the more complete objc_method
|
||||
structure defined below and used internally by the runtime. */
|
||||
struct objc_method_description
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL name; /* this is a selector, not a string */
|
||||
char *types; /* type encoding */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filer types used to describe Ivars and Methods. */
|
||||
#define _C_ID '@'
|
||||
#define _C_CLASS '#'
|
||||
#define _C_SEL ':'
|
||||
#define _C_CHR 'c'
|
||||
#define _C_UCHR 'C'
|
||||
#define _C_SHT 's'
|
||||
#define _C_USHT 'S'
|
||||
#define _C_INT 'i'
|
||||
#define _C_UINT 'I'
|
||||
#define _C_LNG 'l'
|
||||
#define _C_ULNG 'L'
|
||||
#define _C_LNG_LNG 'q'
|
||||
#define _C_ULNG_LNG 'Q'
|
||||
#define _C_FLT 'f'
|
||||
#define _C_DBL 'd'
|
||||
#define _C_BFLD 'b'
|
||||
#define _C_BOOL 'B'
|
||||
#define _C_VOID 'v'
|
||||
#define _C_UNDEF '?'
|
||||
#define _C_PTR '^'
|
||||
#define _C_CHARPTR '*'
|
||||
#define _C_ATOM '%'
|
||||
#define _C_ARY_B '['
|
||||
#define _C_ARY_E ']'
|
||||
#define _C_UNION_B '('
|
||||
#define _C_UNION_E ')'
|
||||
#define _C_STRUCT_B '{'
|
||||
#define _C_STRUCT_E '}'
|
||||
#define _C_VECTOR '!'
|
||||
#define _C_COMPLEX 'j'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error handling
|
||||
|
||||
Call objc_error() or objc_verror() to record an error; this error
|
||||
routine will generally exit the program but not necessarily if the
|
||||
user has installed his own error handler.
|
||||
|
||||
Call objc_set_error_handler to assign your own function for
|
||||
handling errors. The function should return YES if it is ok
|
||||
to continue execution, or return NO or just abort if the
|
||||
program should be stopped. The default error handler is just to
|
||||
print a message on stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
The error handler function should be of type objc_error_handler
|
||||
The first parameter is an object instance of relevance.
|
||||
The second parameter is an error code.
|
||||
The third parameter is a format string in the printf style.
|
||||
The fourth parameter is a variable list of arguments. */
|
||||
extern void objc_error(id object, int code, const char* fmt, ...) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
extern void objc_verror(id object, int code, const char* fmt, va_list ap) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
typedef BOOL (*objc_error_handler)(id, int code, const char *fmt, va_list ap) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
extern objc_error_handler objc_set_error_handler(objc_error_handler func) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error codes
|
||||
These are used by the runtime library, and your
|
||||
error handling may use them to determine if the error is
|
||||
hard or soft thus whether execution can continue or abort. */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_UNKNOWN 0 /* Generic error */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_OBJC_VERSION 1 /* Incorrect runtime version */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_GCC_VERSION 2 /* Incorrect compiler version */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_MODULE_SIZE 3 /* Bad module size */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_PROTOCOL_VERSION 4 /* Incorrect protocol version */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_MEMORY 10 /* Out of memory */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_RECURSE_ROOT 20 /* Attempt to archive the root
|
||||
object more than once. */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_DATA 21 /* Didn't read expected data */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_KEY 22 /* Bad key for object */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_CLASS 23 /* Unknown class */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_TYPE 24 /* Bad type specification */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_NO_READ 25 /* Cannot read stream */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_NO_WRITE 26 /* Cannot write stream */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_STREAM_VERSION 27 /* Incorrect stream version */
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_OPCODE 28 /* Bad opcode */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_UNIMPLEMENTED 30 /* Method is not implemented */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_ERR_BAD_STATE 40 /* Bad thread state */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set this variable nonzero to print a line describing each
|
||||
message that is sent. (this is currently disabled) */
|
||||
extern BOOL objc_trace;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For every class which happens to have statically allocated instances in
|
||||
this module, one OBJC_STATIC_INSTANCES is allocated by the compiler.
|
||||
INSTANCES is NULL terminated and points to all statically allocated
|
||||
instances of this class. */
|
||||
struct objc_static_instances
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *class_name;
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
id instances[1];
|
||||
#else
|
||||
id instances[0];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Whereas a Module (defined further down) is the root (typically) of a file,
|
||||
a Symtab is the root of the class and category definitions within the
|
||||
module.
|
||||
|
||||
A Symtab contains a variable length array of pointers to classes and
|
||||
categories defined in the module. */
|
||||
typedef struct objc_symtab {
|
||||
unsigned long sel_ref_cnt; /* Unknown. */
|
||||
SEL refs; /* Unknown. */
|
||||
unsigned short cls_def_cnt; /* Number of classes compiled
|
||||
(defined) in the module. */
|
||||
unsigned short cat_def_cnt; /* Number of categories
|
||||
compiled (defined) in the
|
||||
module. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *defs[1]; /* Variable array of pointers.
|
||||
cls_def_cnt of type Class
|
||||
followed by cat_def_cnt of
|
||||
type Category_t, followed
|
||||
by a NULL terminated array
|
||||
of objc_static_instances. */
|
||||
} Symtab, *Symtab_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The compiler generates one of these structures for each module that
|
||||
** composes the executable (eg main.m).
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This data structure is the root of the definition tree for the module.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** A collect program runs between ld stages and creates a ObjC ctor array.
|
||||
** That array holds a pointer to each module structure of the executable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_module {
|
||||
unsigned long version; /* Compiler revision. */
|
||||
unsigned long size; /* sizeof(Module). */
|
||||
const char* name; /* Name of the file where the
|
||||
module was generated. The
|
||||
name includes the path. */
|
||||
|
||||
Symtab_t symtab; /* Pointer to the Symtab of
|
||||
the module. The Symtab
|
||||
holds an array of
|
||||
pointers to
|
||||
the classes and categories
|
||||
defined in the module. */
|
||||
} Module, *Module_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The compiler generates one of these structures for a class that has
|
||||
** instance variables defined in its specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_ivar {
|
||||
const char* ivar_name; /* Name of the instance
|
||||
variable as entered in the
|
||||
class definition. */
|
||||
const char* ivar_type; /* Description of the Ivar's
|
||||
type. Useful for
|
||||
debuggers. */
|
||||
int ivar_offset; /* Byte offset from the base
|
||||
address of the instance
|
||||
structure to the variable. */
|
||||
} *Ivar_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_ivar_list {
|
||||
int ivar_count; /* Number of structures (Ivar)
|
||||
contained in the list. One
|
||||
structure per instance
|
||||
variable defined in the
|
||||
class. */
|
||||
struct objc_ivar ivar_list[1]; /* Variable length
|
||||
structure. */
|
||||
} IvarList, *IvarList_t;
|
||||
|
||||
enum PropertyAttributeKind
|
||||
{
|
||||
OBJC_PR_noattr = 0x00,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_readonly = 0x01,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_getter = 0x02,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_assign = 0x04,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_readwrite = 0x08,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_retain = 0x10,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_copy = 0x20,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_nonatomic = 0x40,
|
||||
OBJC_PR_setter = 0x80
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure used for property enumeration. Note that property enumeration is currently quite broken on OS X, so achieving full compatibility there is impossible. Instead, we strive to achieve com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct objc_property {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
const char attributes;
|
||||
const char isSynthesized;
|
||||
const char *setter_name;
|
||||
const char *setter_types;
|
||||
const char *getter_name;
|
||||
const char *getter_types;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_property_list {
|
||||
int property_count;
|
||||
struct objc_property_list *next; /* UNUSED. In future, categories will be
|
||||
allowed to add properties and then this will
|
||||
be used to link the declarations together. */
|
||||
struct objc_property properties[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The compiler generates one (or more) of these structures for a class that
|
||||
** has methods defined in its specification.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The implementation of a class can be broken into separate pieces in a file
|
||||
** and categories can break them across modules. To handle this problem is a
|
||||
** singly linked list of methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_method {
|
||||
SEL method_name; /* The selector used to identify
|
||||
the method. The types for this
|
||||
selector should match the next
|
||||
field. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char* method_types; /* Description of the method's
|
||||
parameter list. Useful for
|
||||
debuggers. */
|
||||
IMP method_imp; /* Address of the method in the
|
||||
executable. */
|
||||
} Method, *Method_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_method_list {
|
||||
struct objc_method_list* method_next; /* This variable is used to link
|
||||
a method list to another. It
|
||||
is a singly linked list. */
|
||||
int method_count; /* Number of methods defined in
|
||||
this structure. */
|
||||
Method method_list[1]; /* Variable length
|
||||
structure. */
|
||||
} MethodList, *MethodList_t;
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list {
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *next;
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
Protocol *list[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This is used to assure consistent access to the info field of
|
||||
** classes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
|
||||
#define HOST_BITS_PER_LONG (sizeof(long)*8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define __CLS_INFO(cls) ((cls)->info)
|
||||
#define __CLS_ISINFO(cls, mask) ((__CLS_INFO(cls)&mask)==mask)
|
||||
#define __CLS_SETINFO(cls, mask) (__CLS_INFO(cls) |= mask)
|
||||
|
||||
/* The structure is of type MetaClass */
|
||||
#define _CLS_META 0x2L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISMETA(cls) ((cls)&&__CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_META))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The structure is of type Class */
|
||||
#define _CLS_CLASS 0x1L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISCLASS(cls) ((cls)&&__CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_CLASS))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The class is initialized within the runtime. This means that
|
||||
** it has had correct super and sublinks assigned
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _CLS_RESOLV 0x8L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISRESOLV(cls) __CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_RESOLV)
|
||||
#define CLS_SETRESOLV(cls) __CLS_SETINFO(cls, _CLS_RESOLV)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The class has been send a +initialize message or a such is not
|
||||
** defined for this class
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _CLS_INITIALIZED 0x04L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISINITIALIZED(cls) __CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_INITIALIZED)
|
||||
#define CLS_SETINITIALIZED(cls) __CLS_SETINFO(cls, _CLS_INITIALIZED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The class uses the new, Objective-C 2, runtime ABI. This ABI defines an ABI
|
||||
** version field inside the class, and so will be used for all subsequent
|
||||
** versions that retain some degree of compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _CLS_NEW_ABI 0x10L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISNEW_ABI(cls) __CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_NEW_ABI)
|
||||
#define CLS_SETNEW_ABI(cls) __CLS_SETINFO(cls, _CLS_NEW_ABI)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The class was created at runtime and exists in heap-backed memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _CLS_RUNTIME 0x20L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISRUNTIME(cls) __CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_RUNTIME)
|
||||
#define CLS_SETRUNTIME(cls) __CLS_SETINFO(cls, _CLS_RUNTIME)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Instances of this class have a reference count and plane ID prepended to
|
||||
** them. The default for this is set for classes, unset for metaclasses. It
|
||||
** should be cleared by protocols, constant strings, and objects not allocated
|
||||
** by NSAllocateObject().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _CLS_PLANE_AWARE 0x40L
|
||||
#define CLS_ISPLANE_AWARE(cls) __CLS_ISINFO(cls, _CLS_PLANE_AWARE)
|
||||
#define CLS_SETPLANE_AWARE(cls) __CLS_SETINFO(cls, _CLS_PLANE_AWARE)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The class number of this class. This must be the same for both the
|
||||
** class and its meta class object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CLS_GETNUMBER(cls) (__CLS_INFO(cls) >> (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/2))
|
||||
#define CLS_SETNUMBER(cls, num) \
|
||||
({ (cls)->info <<= (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/2); \
|
||||
(cls)->info >>= (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/2); \
|
||||
__CLS_SETINFO(cls, (((unsigned long)num) << (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/2))); })
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The compiler generates one of these structures for each category. A class
|
||||
** may have many categories and contain both instance and factory methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_category {
|
||||
const char* category_name; /* Name of the category. Name
|
||||
contained in the () of the
|
||||
category definition. */
|
||||
const char* class_name; /* Name of the class to which
|
||||
the category belongs. */
|
||||
MethodList_t instance_methods; /* Linked list of instance
|
||||
methods defined in the
|
||||
category. NULL indicates no
|
||||
instance methods defined. */
|
||||
MethodList_t class_methods; /* Linked list of factory
|
||||
methods defined in the
|
||||
category. NULL indicates no
|
||||
class methods defined. */
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocols; /* List of Protocols
|
||||
conformed to */
|
||||
} Category, *Category_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Structure used when a message is send to a class's super class. The
|
||||
** compiler generates one of these structures and passes it to
|
||||
** objc_msg_super.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_super {
|
||||
id self; /* Id of the object sending
|
||||
the message. */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
Class super_class;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Class class; /* Object's super class. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} Super, *Super_t;
|
||||
|
||||
IMP objc_msg_lookup_super(Super_t super, SEL sel);
|
||||
|
||||
retval_t objc_msg_sendv(id, SEL, arglist_t);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This is a hook which is called by objc_lookup_class and
|
||||
** objc_get_class if the runtime is not able to find the class.
|
||||
** This may e.g. try to load in the class using dynamic loading.
|
||||
** The function is guaranteed to be passed a non-NULL name string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT Class (*_objc_lookup_class)(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This is a hook which is called by __objc_exec_class every time a class
|
||||
** or a category is loaded into the runtime. This may e.g. help a
|
||||
** dynamic loader determine the classes that have been loaded when
|
||||
** an object file is dynamically linked in.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void (*_objc_load_callback)(Class _class, Category* category);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Hook functions for allocating, copying and disposing of instances
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT id (*_objc_object_alloc)(Class _class);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT id (*_objc_object_copy)(id object);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT id (*_objc_object_dispose)(id object);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Standard functions for memory allocation and disposal.
|
||||
** Users should use these functions in their ObjC programs so
|
||||
** that they work properly with garbage collectors as well as
|
||||
** can take advantage of the exception/error handling available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_malloc(size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_atomic_malloc(size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_valloc(size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_realloc(void *mem, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
objc_calloc(size_t nelem, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_free(void *mem);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Hook functions for memory allocation and disposal.
|
||||
** This makes it easy to substitute garbage collection systems
|
||||
** such as Boehm's GC by assigning these function pointers
|
||||
** to the GC's allocation routines. By default these point
|
||||
** to the ANSI standard malloc, realloc, free, etc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Users should call the normal objc routines above for
|
||||
** memory allocation and disposal within their programs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void *(*_objc_malloc)(size_t);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void *(*_objc_atomic_malloc)(size_t);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void *(*_objc_valloc)(size_t);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void *(*_objc_realloc)(void *, size_t);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void *(*_objc_calloc)(size_t, size_t);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void (*_objc_free)(void *);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Hooks for method forwarding. This makes it easy to substitute a
|
||||
** library, such as ffcall, that implements closures, thereby avoiding
|
||||
** gcc's __builtin_apply problems. __objc_msg_forward2's result will
|
||||
** be preferred over that of __objc_msg_forward if both are set and
|
||||
** return non-NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT IMP (*__objc_msg_forward)(SEL);
|
||||
objc_EXPORT IMP (*__objc_msg_forward2)(id, SEL);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Hook for uncaught exceptions. This hook is called when an exception
|
||||
** is thrown and no valid exception handler is in place. The function
|
||||
** is expected never to return. If the function returns the result is
|
||||
** currently undefined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
objc_EXPORT void (*_objc_unexpected_exception)(id);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Method_t class_get_class_method(MetaClass _class, SEL aSel) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
Method_t class_get_instance_method(Class _class, SEL aSel) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
Class class_pose_as(Class impostor, Class superclass) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_get_class(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_lookup_class(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_next_class(void **enum_state) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
const char *sel_get_name(SEL selector) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
const char *sel_get_type(SEL selector) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_get_uid(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_get_any_uid(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_get_any_typed_uid(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_get_typed_uid(const char *name, const char*) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_register_name(const char *name) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
SEL sel_register_typed_name(const char *name, const char*type) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL sel_is_mapped (SEL aSel) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
extern id class_create_instance(Class _class) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
static inline const char *
|
||||
class_get_class_name(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class)?_class->name:((_class==Nil)?"Nil":0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline long
|
||||
class_get_instance_size(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class)?_class->instance_size:0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline MetaClass
|
||||
class_get_meta_class(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class)?_class->class_pointer:Nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline Class
|
||||
class_get_super_class(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class)?_class->super_class:Nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
class_get_version(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class)?_class->version:-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
class_is_class(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
class_is_meta_class(Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISMETA(_class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
class_set_version(Class _class, long version)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS(_class))
|
||||
_class->version = version;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void *
|
||||
class_get_gc_object_type (Class _class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISCLASS(_class) ? _class->gc_object_type : NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mark the instance variable as innaccessible to the garbage collector */
|
||||
extern void class_ivar_set_gcinvisible (Class _class,
|
||||
const char* ivarname,
|
||||
BOOL gcInvisible);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline IMP
|
||||
method_get_imp(Method_t method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (method!=METHOD_NULL)?method->method_imp:(IMP)0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP get_imp (Class _class, SEL sel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Redefine on NeXTSTEP so as not to conflict with system function */
|
||||
#ifdef __NeXT__
|
||||
#define object_copy gnu_object_copy
|
||||
#define object_dispose gnu_object_dispose
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
id object_copy(id object);
|
||||
|
||||
id object_dispose(id object);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline Class
|
||||
object_get_class(id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object!=nil)
|
||||
? (CLS_ISCLASS(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
? object->class_pointer
|
||||
: (CLS_ISMETA(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
? (Class)object
|
||||
: Nil))
|
||||
: Nil);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline const char *
|
||||
object_get_class_name(id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object!=nil)?(CLS_ISCLASS(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
?object->class_pointer->name
|
||||
:((Class)object)->name)
|
||||
:"Nil");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline MetaClass
|
||||
object_get_meta_class(id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object!=nil)?(CLS_ISCLASS(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
?object->class_pointer->class_pointer
|
||||
:(CLS_ISMETA(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
?object->class_pointer
|
||||
:Nil))
|
||||
:Nil);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline Class
|
||||
object_get_super_class
|
||||
(id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object!=nil)?(CLS_ISCLASS(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
?object->class_pointer->super_class
|
||||
:(CLS_ISMETA(object->class_pointer)
|
||||
?((Class)object)->super_class
|
||||
:Nil))
|
||||
:Nil);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
object_is_class (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object != nil) && CLS_ISMETA (object->class_pointer));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
object_is_instance (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object != nil) && CLS_ISCLASS (object->class_pointer));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline BOOL
|
||||
object_is_meta_class (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((object != nil)
|
||||
&& !object_is_instance (object)
|
||||
&& !object_is_class (object));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct sarray*
|
||||
objc_get_uninstalled_dtable(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __objc_api_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective-C Extern helpers for Win32.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __objc_decls_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __objc_decls_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__WIN32__) || defined (WIN32)
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT /* defined by libtool (if required) */
|
||||
# define objc_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# define objc_DECLARE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define objc_EXPORT extern __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# define objc_DECLARE extern __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# define objc_EXPORT extern
|
||||
# define objc_DECLARE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __objc_decls_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
/* Generic single linked list to keep various information
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1996, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GNU_OBJC_LIST_H
|
||||
#define __GNU_OBJC_LIST_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_list {
|
||||
void *head;
|
||||
struct objc_list *tail;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a cons cell produced from (head . tail) */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct objc_list*
|
||||
list_cons(void* head, struct objc_list* tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list* cell;
|
||||
|
||||
cell = (struct objc_list*)objc_malloc(sizeof(struct objc_list));
|
||||
cell->head = head;
|
||||
cell->tail = tail;
|
||||
return cell;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the length of a list, list_length(NULL) returns zero */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
list_length(struct objc_list* list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
while(list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
list = list->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the Nth element of LIST, where N count from zero. If N
|
||||
larger than the list length, NULL is returned */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void*
|
||||
list_nth(int indx, struct objc_list* list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(indx-- != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list->tail)
|
||||
list = list->tail;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list->head;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the element at the head by replacing it by its successor */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
list_remove_head(struct objc_list** list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((*list)->tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list* tail = (*list)->tail; /* fetch next */
|
||||
*(*list) = *tail; /* copy next to list head */
|
||||
objc_free(tail); /* free next */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* only one element in list */
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_free(*list);
|
||||
(*list) = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the element with `car' set to ELEMENT */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
list_remove_elem(struct objc_list** list, void* elem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*list) {
|
||||
if ((*list)->head == elem)
|
||||
list_remove_head(list);
|
||||
list = &((*list)->tail);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Map FUNCTION over all elements in LIST */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
list_mapcar(struct objc_list* list, void(*function)(void*))
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*function)(list->head);
|
||||
list = list->tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return element that has ELEM as car */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct objc_list**
|
||||
list_find(struct objc_list** list, void* elem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(*list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((*list)->head == elem)
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
list = &((*list)->tail);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free list (backwards recursive) */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
list_free(struct objc_list* list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_free(list->tail);
|
||||
objc_free(list);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __GNU_OBJC_LIST_H */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
||||
/* Basic data types for Objective C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __objc_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __objc_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Definition of the boolean type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __vxworks
|
||||
typedef int BOOL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef unsigned char BOOL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define YES (BOOL)1
|
||||
#define NO (BOOL)0
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Definition of a selector. Selectors themselves are not unique, but
|
||||
** the sel_id is a unique identifier.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef const struct objc_selector
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *sel_id;
|
||||
const char *sel_types;
|
||||
} *SEL;
|
||||
|
||||
inline static BOOL
|
||||
sel_eq (SEL s1, SEL s2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s1 == 0 || s2 == 0)
|
||||
return s1 == s2;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return s1->sel_id == s2->sel_id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** ObjC uses this typedef for untyped instances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_object {
|
||||
struct objc_class* class_pointer;
|
||||
} *id;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Definition of method type. When retrieving the implementation of a
|
||||
** method, this is type of the pointer returned. The idea of the
|
||||
** definition of IMP is to represent a 'pointer to a general function
|
||||
** taking an id, a SEL, followed by other unspecified arguments'. You
|
||||
** must always cast an IMP to a pointer to a function taking the
|
||||
** appropriate, specific types for that function, before calling it -
|
||||
** to make sure the appropriate arguments are passed to it. The code
|
||||
** generated by the compiler to perform method calls automatically
|
||||
** does this cast inside method calls.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef id (*IMP)(id, SEL, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** More simple types...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define nil (id)0 /* id of Nil instance */
|
||||
#define Nil (Class)0 /* id of Nil class */
|
||||
typedef char *STR; /* String alias */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The compiler generates one of these structures for each class.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This structure is the definition for classes.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This structure is generated by the compiler in the executable and used by
|
||||
** the run-time during normal messaging operations. Therefore some members
|
||||
** change type. The compiler generates "char* const" and places a string in
|
||||
** the following member variables: super_class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct objc_class *MetaClass;
|
||||
typedef struct objc_class *Class;
|
||||
struct objc_class {
|
||||
MetaClass class_pointer; /* Pointer to the class's
|
||||
meta class. */
|
||||
struct objc_class* super_class; /* Pointer to the super
|
||||
class. NULL for class
|
||||
Object. */
|
||||
const char* name; /* Name of the class. */
|
||||
long version; /* Unknown. */
|
||||
unsigned long info; /* Bit mask. See class masks
|
||||
defined above. */
|
||||
long instance_size; /* Size in bytes of the class.
|
||||
The sum of the class
|
||||
definition and all super
|
||||
class definitions. */
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list* ivars; /* Pointer to a structure that
|
||||
describes the instance
|
||||
variables in the class
|
||||
definition. NULL indicates
|
||||
no instance variables. Does
|
||||
not include super class
|
||||
variables. */
|
||||
struct objc_method_list* methods; /* Linked list of instance
|
||||
methods defined for the
|
||||
class. */
|
||||
struct sarray * dtable; /* Pointer to instance
|
||||
method dispatch table. */
|
||||
struct objc_class* subclass_list; /* Subclasses */
|
||||
struct objc_class* sibling_class;
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocols; /* Protocols conformed to */
|
||||
void* gc_object_type;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New ABI. The following fields are only available with classes compiled to
|
||||
* support the new ABI. You may test whether any given class supports this
|
||||
* ABI by using the CLS_ISNEW_ABI() macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The version of the ABI used for this class. This is currently always zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
long abi_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of pointers to variables where the runtime will store the ivar
|
||||
* offset. These may be used for faster access to non-fragile ivars if all
|
||||
* of the code is compiled for the new ABI. Each of these pointers should
|
||||
* have the mangled name __objc_ivar_offset_value_{class name}.{ivar name}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When using the compatible non-fragile ABI, this faster form should only be
|
||||
* used for classes declared in the same compilation unit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The compiler should also emit symbols of the form
|
||||
* __objc_ivar_offset_{class name}.{ivar name} which are pointers to the
|
||||
* offset values. These should be emitted as weak symbols in every module
|
||||
* where they are used. The legacy-compatible ABI uses these with a double
|
||||
* layer of indirection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int **ivar_offsets;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of declared properties on this class (NULL if none). This contains
|
||||
* the accessor methods for each property.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct objc_property_list *properties;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __OBJC__
|
||||
typedef struct objc_protocol {
|
||||
struct objc_class* class_pointer;
|
||||
char *protocol_name;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocol_list;
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list *instance_methods, *class_methods;
|
||||
} Protocol;
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_protocol2
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_class* class_pointer;
|
||||
char *protocol_name;
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocol_list;
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list *instance_methods, *class_methods;
|
||||
// New ABI
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list *optional_instance_methods, *optional_class_methods;
|
||||
struct objc_property_list *properties, *optional_properties;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* __OBJC__ */
|
||||
@class Protocol;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void* retval_t; /* return value */
|
||||
typedef void(*apply_t)(void); /* function pointer */
|
||||
typedef union arglist {
|
||||
char *arg_ptr;
|
||||
char arg_regs[sizeof (char*)];
|
||||
} *arglist_t; /* argument frame */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IMP objc_msg_lookup(id receiver, SEL op);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __objc_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime internal declarations
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2002, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __objc_runtime_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __objc_runtime_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h> /* for varargs and va_list's */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* so noone else will get system versions */
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc.h" /* core data types */
|
||||
#include "objc-api.h" /* runtime api functions */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "thr.h" /* thread and mutex support */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "hash.h" /* hash structures */
|
||||
#include "objc-list.h" /* linear lists */
|
||||
#include "Availability.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
extern void __objc_add_class_to_hash(Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-class.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_init_selector_tables(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-sel.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_init_class_tables(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-class.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_init_dispatch_tables(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-dispatch.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_install_premature_dtable(Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-dispatch.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_resolve_class_links(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-class.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_register_selectors_from_class(Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (objc-sel.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_register_selectors_from_list (MethodList_t) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* (selector.c) */
|
||||
extern void __objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED;/* (objc-msg.c) */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int __objc_init_thread_system(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* thread.c */
|
||||
extern int __objc_fini_thread_system(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* thread.c */
|
||||
extern void __objc_print_dtable_stats(void) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* sendmsg.c */
|
||||
|
||||
extern void class_add_method_list(Class, MethodList_t) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Registering instance methods as class methods for root classes */
|
||||
extern void __objc_register_instance_methods_to_class(Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
extern Method_t search_for_method_in_list(MethodList_t list, SEL op) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* True when class links has been resolved */
|
||||
extern BOOL __objc_class_links_resolved OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of selectors stored in each of the selector tables */
|
||||
extern unsigned int __objc_selector_max_index OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mutex locking __objc_selector_max_index and its arrays. */
|
||||
extern objc_mutex_t __objc_runtime_mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of threads which are alive. */
|
||||
extern int __objc_runtime_threads_alive;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
#define DEBUG_PRINTF(format, args...) printf (format, ## args)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define DEBUG_PRINTF(format, args...)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL __objc_responds_to (id object, SEL sel) OBJC_DEPRECATED; /* for internal use only! */
|
||||
SEL __sel_register_typed_name (const char*, const char*,
|
||||
struct objc_selector*, BOOL is_const) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
extern void __objc_generate_gc_type_description (Class) OBJC_DEPRECATED;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __objc_runtime_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __LIBOBJC_RUNTIME_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __LIBOBJC_RUNTIME_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
// If __LEGACY_GNU_MODE__ is defined then we include the old GNU runtime header
|
||||
// instead of this one
|
||||
#ifndef __OBJC_LEGACY_GNU_MODE__
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_RUNTIME_FUNCTIONS
|
||||
# define OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED(x) \
|
||||
__attribute__((error(x " not supported by the GNU runtime")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Undo GNUstep substitutions
|
||||
#ifdef class_setVersion
|
||||
#undef class_setVersion
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef class_getClassMethod
|
||||
#undef class_getClassMethod
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef objc_getClass
|
||||
#undef objc_getClass
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef objc_lookUpClass
|
||||
#undef objc_lookUpClass
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_ivar* Ivar;
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't redefine these types if the old GNU header was included first.
|
||||
#ifndef __objc_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
typedef const struct objc_selector *SEL;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_class *Class;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_object
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class isa;
|
||||
} *id;
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_super {
|
||||
id receiver;
|
||||
# if !defined(__cplusplus) && !__OBJC2__
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
Class super_class;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef id (*IMP)(id, SEL, ...);
|
||||
typedef struct objc_method *Method;
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef STRICT_APPLE_COMPATIBILITY
|
||||
typedef signed char BOOL;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __vxwords
|
||||
typedef int BOOL
|
||||
# else
|
||||
typedef unsigned char BOOL;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Method in the GNU runtime is a struct, Method_t is the pointer
|
||||
# define Method Method_t
|
||||
#endif // __objc_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *objc_property_t;
|
||||
#ifdef __OBJC__
|
||||
@class Protocol;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef struct objc_protocol Protocol;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef YES
|
||||
#define YES ((BOOL)1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef NO
|
||||
#define NO ((BOOL)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC
|
||||
#define _OBJC_NULL_PTR __null
|
||||
#elif defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
#define _OBJC_NULL_PTR 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define _OBJC_NULL_PTR ((void*)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef nil
|
||||
#define nil ((id)_OBJC_NULL_PTR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef Nil
|
||||
#define Nil ((Class)_OBJC_NULL_PTR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addIvar(Class cls,
|
||||
const char *name,
|
||||
size_t size,
|
||||
uint8_t alignment,
|
||||
const char *types);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addMethod(Class cls, SEL name, IMP imp, const char *types);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addProtocol(Class cls, Protocol *protocol);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_conformsToProtocol(Class cls, Protocol *protocol);
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar * class_copyIvarList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount);
|
||||
|
||||
Method * class_copyMethodList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Property introspection")
|
||||
objc_property_t * class_copyPropertyList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount);
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol ** class_copyProtocolList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount);
|
||||
|
||||
id class_createInstance(Class cls, size_t extraBytes);
|
||||
|
||||
Method class_getClassMethod(Class aClass, SEL aSelector);
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar class_getClassVariable(Class cls, const char* name);
|
||||
|
||||
Method class_getInstanceMethod(Class aClass, SEL aSelector);
|
||||
|
||||
size_t class_getInstanceSize(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar class_getInstanceVariable(Class cls, const char* name);
|
||||
|
||||
const char *class_getIvarLayout(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_getMethodImplementation(Class cls, SEL name);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_getMethodImplementation_stret(Class cls, SEL name);
|
||||
|
||||
const char * class_getName(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Property introspection")
|
||||
objc_property_t class_getProperty(Class cls, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
Class class_getSuperclass(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
int class_getVersion(Class theClass);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Weak instance variables")
|
||||
const char *class_getWeakIvarLayout(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_isMetaClass(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_replaceMethod(Class cls, SEL name, IMP imp, const char *types);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_respondsToSelector(Class cls, SEL sel);
|
||||
|
||||
void class_setIvarLayout(Class cls, const char *layout);
|
||||
|
||||
__attribute__((deprecated))
|
||||
Class class_setSuperclass(Class cls, Class newSuper);
|
||||
|
||||
void class_setVersion(Class theClass, int version);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Weak instance variables")
|
||||
void class_setWeakIvarLayout(Class cls, const char *layout);
|
||||
|
||||
const char * ivar_getName(Ivar ivar);
|
||||
|
||||
ptrdiff_t ivar_getOffset(Ivar ivar);
|
||||
|
||||
const char * ivar_getTypeEncoding(Ivar ivar);
|
||||
|
||||
char * method_copyArgumentType(Method method, unsigned int index);
|
||||
|
||||
char * method_copyReturnType(Method method);
|
||||
|
||||
void method_exchangeImplementations(Method m1, Method m2);
|
||||
|
||||
void method_getArgumentType(Method method, unsigned int index, char *dst, size_t dst_len);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP method_getImplementation(Method method);
|
||||
|
||||
SEL method_getName(Method method);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned method_getNumberOfArguments(Method method);
|
||||
|
||||
void method_getReturnType(Method method, char *dst, size_t dst_len);
|
||||
|
||||
const char * method_getTypeEncoding(Method method);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP method_setImplementation(Method method, IMP imp);
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_allocateClassPair(Class superclass, const char *name, size_t extraBytes);
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_disposeClassPair(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getClass(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_getClassList(Class *buffer, int bufferLen);
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getMetaClass(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getRequiredClass(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_lookUpClass(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_allocateClassPair(Class superclass, const char *name, size_t extraBytes);
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol *objc_getProtocol(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_registerClassPair(Class cls);
|
||||
|
||||
void *object_getIndexedIvars(id obj);
|
||||
|
||||
// FIXME: The GNU runtime has a version of this which omits the size parameter
|
||||
//id object_copy(id obj, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
id object_dispose(id obj);
|
||||
|
||||
Class object_getClass(id obj);
|
||||
|
||||
const char *object_getClassName(id obj);
|
||||
|
||||
IMP objc_msg_lookup(id, SEL);
|
||||
IMP objc_msg_lookup_super(struct objc_super*, SEL);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
BOOL protocol_conformsToProtocol(Protocol *p, Protocol *other);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
struct objc_method_description *protocol_copyMethodDescriptionList(Protocol *p,
|
||||
BOOL isRequiredMethod, BOOL isInstanceMethod, unsigned int *count);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
objc_property_t *protocol_copyPropertyList(Protocol *p, unsigned int *count);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
Protocol **protocol_copyProtocolList(Protocol *p, unsigned int *count);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
struct objc_method_description protocol_getMethodDescription(Protocol *p,
|
||||
SEL aSel, BOOL isRequiredMethod, BOOL isInstanceMethod);
|
||||
|
||||
const char *protocol_getName(Protocol *p);
|
||||
|
||||
OBJC_GNU_RUNTIME_UNSUPPORTED("Protocol introspection")
|
||||
objc_property_t protocol_getProperty(Protocol *p, const char *name,
|
||||
BOOL isRequiredProperty, BOOL isInstanceProperty);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL protocol_isEqual(Protocol *p, Protocol *other);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The objc_slot structure is used to permit safe IMP caching. It is returned
|
||||
* by the new lookup APIs. When you cache an IMP, you should store a copy of
|
||||
* the version field and a pointer to the slot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The slot version is guaranteed never to be 0. When updating a cache, you
|
||||
* should use code of the following form:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1) version = 0;
|
||||
* 2) slot->cachedFor = receiver->isa;
|
||||
* 3) slot_cache = slot;
|
||||
* 4) version = slot->version;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The runtime guarantees that the version in any cachable slot will never be
|
||||
* 0. This should ensure that, if the version and cache pointer mismatch, the
|
||||
* next access will cause a cache miss.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When using a cached slot, you should compare the owner pointer to the isa
|
||||
* pointer of the receiver and the message and the version of the slot to your
|
||||
* cached version.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct objc_slot
|
||||
{
|
||||
/** The class to which this slot is attached (used internally). */
|
||||
Class owner;
|
||||
/** The class for which this slot was cached. Note that this can be
|
||||
* modified by different cache owners, in different threads. Doing so may
|
||||
* cause some cache misses, but if different methods are sending messages
|
||||
* to the same object and sharing a cached slot then it may also improve
|
||||
* cache hits. Profiling is probably required here. */
|
||||
Class cachedFor;
|
||||
/** The type encoding for the method identified by this slot. */
|
||||
char *types;
|
||||
/** The current version. This changes if the method changes or if a
|
||||
* subclass overrides this method, potentially invalidating this cache. */
|
||||
int version;
|
||||
/** The method pointer for this method. */
|
||||
IMP method;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New ABI lookup function. Receiver may be modified during lookup or proxy
|
||||
* forwarding and the sender may affect how lookup occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct objc_slot *objc_msg_lookup_sender(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hook provided to allow libraries to support fast proxies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
id (*objc_proxy_lookup)(id receiver, SEL op);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New message lookup hook. This returns a slot, rather than an IMP. The
|
||||
* version should be set to 0 to disable caching.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct objc_slot *(*objc_msg_forward3)(id receiver, SEL op);
|
||||
|
||||
// Global self so that self is a valid symbol everywhere. Will be replaced by
|
||||
// a real self in an inner scope if there is one.
|
||||
static const id self = nil;
|
||||
// This uses a GCC extension, but the is no good way of doing it otherwise.
|
||||
#define objc_msgSend(theReceiver, theSelector, ...) \
|
||||
({\
|
||||
id __receiver = theReceiver;\
|
||||
SEL op = theSelector;\
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup_sender(&__receiver, op, self)(__receiver, op, ## __VA_ARGS__);\
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define objc_msgSendSuper(super, op, ...) objc_msg_lookup_super(super, op)(super->receiver, op, ## __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
#endif // __LEGACY_GNU_MODE__
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __LIBOBJC_RUNTIME_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
/* Thread and mutex controls for Objective C.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2002, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Galen C. Hunt (gchunt@cs.rochester.edu)
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __thread_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __thread_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Recursive mutex type used to protect the runtime. */
|
||||
typedef void *objc_mutex_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Global runtime mutex. Acquire this before calling any unsafe runtime
|
||||
* functions. Note that this is never needed if you restrict yourself to the
|
||||
* public interfaces, which are strongly recommended.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern objc_mutex_t __objc_runtime_mutex;
|
||||
/* Frontend mutex functions */
|
||||
int objc_mutex_lock (objc_mutex_t mutex);
|
||||
int objc_mutex_unlock (objc_mutex_t mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for when the runtime becomes multithreaded. As the runtime is now
|
||||
* always in multithreaded mode, the callback is called as soon as it is
|
||||
* registered and then discarded. This interface is maintained solely for
|
||||
* legacy compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (*objc_thread_callback) (void);
|
||||
objc_thread_callback objc_set_thread_callback (objc_thread_callback func);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __thread_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective-C Typed Streams interface.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
|
||||
License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __typedstream_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#define __typedstream_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc.h"
|
||||
#include "hash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*objc_typed_read_func)(void*, char*, int);
|
||||
typedef int (*objc_typed_write_func)(void*, const char*, int);
|
||||
typedef int (*objc_typed_flush_func)(void*);
|
||||
typedef int (*objc_typed_eof_func)(void*);
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_READONLY 0x01
|
||||
#define OBJC_WRITEONLY 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_MANAGED_STREAM 0x01
|
||||
#define OBJC_FILE_STREAM 0x02
|
||||
#define OBJC_MEMORY_STREAM 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
#define OBJC_TYPED_STREAM_VERSION 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_typed_stream {
|
||||
void* physical;
|
||||
cache_ptr object_table; /* read/written objects */
|
||||
cache_ptr stream_table; /* other read/written but shared things.. */
|
||||
cache_ptr class_table; /* class version mapping */
|
||||
cache_ptr object_refs; /* forward references */
|
||||
int mode; /* OBJC_READONLY or OBJC_WRITEONLY */
|
||||
int type; /* MANAGED, FILE, MEMORY etc bit string */
|
||||
int version; /* version used when writing */
|
||||
int writing_root_p;
|
||||
objc_typed_read_func read;
|
||||
objc_typed_write_func write;
|
||||
objc_typed_eof_func eof;
|
||||
objc_typed_flush_func flush;
|
||||
} TypedStream;
|
||||
|
||||
/* opcode masks */
|
||||
#define _B_VALUE 0x1fU
|
||||
#define _B_CODE 0xe0U
|
||||
#define _B_SIGN 0x10U
|
||||
#define _B_NUMBER 0x0fU
|
||||
|
||||
/* standard opcodes */
|
||||
#define _B_INVALID 0x00U
|
||||
#define _B_SINT 0x20U
|
||||
#define _B_NINT 0x40U
|
||||
#define _B_SSTR 0x60U
|
||||
#define _B_NSTR 0x80U
|
||||
#define _B_RCOMM 0xa0U
|
||||
#define _B_UCOMM 0xc0U
|
||||
#define _B_EXT 0xe0U
|
||||
|
||||
/* eXtension opcodes */
|
||||
#define _BX_OBJECT 0x00U
|
||||
#define _BX_CLASS 0x01U
|
||||
#define _BX_SEL 0x02U
|
||||
#define _BX_OBJREF 0x03U
|
||||
#define _BX_OBJROOT 0x04U
|
||||
#define _BX_EXT 0x1fU
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Read and write objects as specified by TYPE. All the `last'
|
||||
** arguments are pointers to the objects to read/write.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_write_type (TypedStream* stream, const char* type, const void* data);
|
||||
int objc_read_type (TypedStream* stream, const char* type, void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_write_types (TypedStream* stream, const char* type, ...);
|
||||
int objc_read_types (TypedStream* stream, const char* type, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_write_object_reference (TypedStream* stream, id object);
|
||||
int objc_write_root_object (TypedStream* stream, id object);
|
||||
|
||||
long objc_get_stream_class_version (TypedStream* stream, Class class_type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Convenience functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_write_array (TypedStream* stream, const char* type,
|
||||
int count, const void* data);
|
||||
int objc_read_array (TypedStream* stream, const char* type,
|
||||
int count, void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_write_object (TypedStream* stream, id object);
|
||||
int objc_read_object (TypedStream* stream, id* object);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Open a typed stream for reading or writing. MODE may be either of
|
||||
** OBJC_READONLY or OBJC_WRITEONLY.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
TypedStream* objc_open_typed_stream (FILE* physical, int mode);
|
||||
TypedStream* objc_open_typed_stream_for_file (const char* file_name, int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_close_typed_stream (TypedStream* stream);
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL objc_end_of_typed_stream (TypedStream* stream);
|
||||
void objc_flush_typed_stream (TypedStream* stream);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __typedstream_INCLUDE_GNU */
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime class related functions
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/objc.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h" /* the kitchen sink */
|
||||
|
||||
#if OBJC_WITH_GC
|
||||
# include <gc.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
id __objc_object_alloc (Class);
|
||||
id __objc_object_dispose (id);
|
||||
id __objc_object_copy (id);
|
||||
|
||||
id (*_objc_object_alloc) (Class) = __objc_object_alloc; /* !T:SINGLE */
|
||||
id (*_objc_object_dispose) (id) = __objc_object_dispose; /* !T:SINGLE */
|
||||
id (*_objc_object_copy) (id) = __objc_object_copy; /* !T:SINGLE */
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
class_create_instance (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id new = nil;
|
||||
|
||||
#if OBJC_WITH_GC
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS (class))
|
||||
new = (id) GC_malloc_explicitly_typed (class->instance_size,
|
||||
class->gc_object_type);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS (class))
|
||||
new = (*_objc_object_alloc) (class);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (new != nil)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset (new, 0, class->instance_size);
|
||||
new->class_pointer = class;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return new;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
object_copy (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object != nil) && CLS_ISCLASS (object->class_pointer))
|
||||
return (*_objc_object_copy) (object);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
object_dispose (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object != nil) && CLS_ISCLASS (object->class_pointer))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (_objc_object_dispose)
|
||||
(*_objc_object_dispose) (object);
|
||||
else
|
||||
objc_free (object);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id __objc_object_alloc (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (id) objc_malloc (class->instance_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id __objc_object_dispose (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_free (object);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id __objc_object_copy (id object)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id copy = class_create_instance (object->class_pointer);
|
||||
memcpy (copy, object, object->class_pointer->instance_size);
|
||||
return copy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
#include <objc/hash.h>
|
||||
#include <objc/objc-api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static cache_ptr Protocols = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_method_description_list
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
struct objc_method_description list[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static Class ObjC2ProtocolClass = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_init_protocol_table(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Protocols = objc_hash_new(128,
|
||||
(hash_func_type)objc_hash_string,
|
||||
(compare_func_type)objc_compare_strings);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int isEmptyProtocol(struct objc_protocol *aProto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int isEmpty = (aProto->instance_methods->count == 0) &&
|
||||
(aProto->class_methods->count == 0) &&
|
||||
(aProto->protocol_list->count == 0);
|
||||
if (aProto->class_pointer == ObjC2ProtocolClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_protocol2 *p2 = (struct objc_protocol2*)aProto;
|
||||
isEmpty &= (p2->optional_instance_methods->count == 0);
|
||||
isEmpty &= (p2->optional_class_methods->count == 0);
|
||||
isEmpty &= (p2->properties->property_count == 0);
|
||||
isEmpty &= (p2->optional_properties->property_count == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return isEmpty;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// FIXME: Make p1 adopt all of the stuff in p2
|
||||
static void makeProtocolEqualToProtocol(struct objc_protocol *p1,
|
||||
struct objc_protocol *p2) {}
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_unique_protocol(struct objc_protocol *aProto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ObjC2ProtocolClass == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ObjC2ProtocolClass = objc_get_class("Protocol2");
|
||||
}
|
||||
struct objc_protocol *oldProtocol =
|
||||
objc_hash_value_for_key(Protocols, aProto->protocol_name);
|
||||
if (NULL == oldProtocol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This is the first time we've seen this protocol, so add it to the
|
||||
// hash table and ignore it.
|
||||
objc_hash_add(&Protocols, aProto, aProto->protocol_name);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (isEmptyProtocol(oldProtocol))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (isEmptyProtocol(aProto))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Add protocol to a list somehow.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This protocol is not empty, so we use its definitions
|
||||
makeProtocolEqualToProtocol(oldProtocol, aProto);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (isEmptyProtocol(aProto))
|
||||
{
|
||||
makeProtocolEqualToProtocol(aProto, oldProtocol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
//FIXME: We should really perform a check here to make sure the
|
||||
//protocols are actually the same.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make glibc export strdup() */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __GLIBC__
|
||||
#define __USE_BSD 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef __objc_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#undef __thread_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#undef __objc_api_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
#undef __encoding_INCLUDE_GNU
|
||||
|
||||
#define objc_object objc_object_gnu
|
||||
#define id object_ptr_gnu
|
||||
#define IMP objc_imp_gnu
|
||||
#define Method objc_method_gnu
|
||||
|
||||
#define object_copy gnu_object_copy
|
||||
#define object_dispose gnu_object_dispose
|
||||
#define objc_super gnu_objc_super
|
||||
#define objc_msg_lookup gnu_objc_msg_lookup
|
||||
#define objc_msg_lookup_super gnu_objc_msg_lookup_super
|
||||
#define BOOL GNU_BOOL
|
||||
#define SEL GNU_SEL
|
||||
#define Protocol GNU_Protocol
|
||||
#define Class GNU_Class
|
||||
|
||||
#undef YES
|
||||
#undef NO
|
||||
#undef Nil
|
||||
#undef nil
|
||||
|
||||
#include <objc/objc.h>
|
||||
#include <objc/objc-api.h>
|
||||
#undef GNU_BOOL
|
||||
#include <objc/encoding.h>
|
||||
#undef Class
|
||||
#undef Protocol
|
||||
#undef SEL
|
||||
#undef objc_msg_lookup
|
||||
#undef objc_msg_lookup_super
|
||||
#undef objc_super
|
||||
#undef Method
|
||||
#undef IMP
|
||||
#undef id
|
||||
#undef objc_object
|
||||
|
||||
// Reinstall definitions.
|
||||
#undef YES
|
||||
#undef NO
|
||||
#undef Nil
|
||||
#undef nil
|
||||
#define YES ((BOOL)1)
|
||||
#define NO ((BOOL)0)
|
||||
#define nil ((id)_OBJC_NULL_PTR)
|
||||
#define Nil ((Class)_OBJC_NULL_PTR)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private runtime function for updating a dtable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class(Class);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private runtime function for determining whether a class responds to a
|
||||
* selector.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
BOOL __objc_responds_to(Class, SEL);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Runtime library constant for uninitialized dispatch table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern struct sarray *__objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mutex used to protect the ObjC runtime library data structures.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern objc_mutex_t __objc_runtime_mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Looks up the instance method in a specific class, without recursing into
|
||||
* superclasses.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static Method class_getInstanceMethodNonrecursive(Class aClass, SEL aSelector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *name = sel_get_name(aSelector);
|
||||
const char *types = sel_get_type(aSelector);
|
||||
|
||||
for (struct objc_method_list *methods = aClass->methods;
|
||||
methods != NULL ; methods = methods->method_next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<methods->method_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &methods->method_list[i];
|
||||
if (strcmp(sel_get_name(method->method_name), name) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NULL == types ||
|
||||
strcmp(types, method->method_types) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Return NULL if the method exists with this name but has the
|
||||
// wrong types
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void objc_updateDtableForClassContainingMethod(Method m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class nextClass = Nil;
|
||||
void *state;
|
||||
SEL sel = method_getName(m);
|
||||
while (Nil != (nextClass = objc_next_class(&state)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (class_getInstanceMethodNonrecursive(nextClass, sel) == m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class(nextClass);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addIvar(Class cls,
|
||||
const char *name,
|
||||
size_t size,
|
||||
uint8_t alignment,
|
||||
const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (CLS_ISRESOLV(cls) || CLS_ISMETA(cls))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivarlist = cls->ivars;
|
||||
|
||||
if (class_getInstanceVariable(cls, name) != NULL) { return NO; }
|
||||
|
||||
ivarlist->ivar_count++;
|
||||
// objc_ivar_list contains one ivar. Others follow it.
|
||||
cls->ivars = objc_realloc(ivarlist, sizeof(struct objc_ivar_list)
|
||||
+ (ivarlist->ivar_count - 1) * sizeof(struct objc_ivar));
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar ivar = &cls->ivars->ivar_list[cls->ivars->ivar_count - 1];
|
||||
ivar->ivar_name = strdup(name);
|
||||
ivar->ivar_type = strdup(types);
|
||||
// Round up the offset of the ivar so it is correctly aligned.
|
||||
ivar->ivar_offset = cls->instance_size + (cls->instance_size % alignment);
|
||||
// Increase the instance size to make space for this.
|
||||
cls->instance_size = ivar->ivar_offset + size;
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addMethod(Class cls, SEL name, IMP imp, const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *methodName = sel_get_name(name);
|
||||
struct objc_method_list *methods;
|
||||
for (methods=cls->methods; methods!=NULL ; methods=methods->method_next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<methods->method_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &methods->method_list[i];
|
||||
if (strcmp(sel_get_name(method->method_name), methodName) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
methods = objc_malloc(sizeof(struct objc_method_list));
|
||||
methods->method_next = cls->methods;
|
||||
cls->methods = methods;
|
||||
|
||||
methods->method_count = 1;
|
||||
methods->method_list[0].method_name = sel_get_typed_uid(methodName, types);
|
||||
methods->method_list[0].method_types = strdup(types);
|
||||
methods->method_list[0].method_imp = (objc_imp_gnu)imp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (CLS_ISRESOLV(cls))
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_addProtocol(Class cls, Protocol *protocol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (class_conformsToProtocol(cls, protocol)) { return NO; }
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocols = cls->protocols;
|
||||
protocols = objc_malloc(sizeof(struct objc_protocol_list));
|
||||
if (protocols == NULL) { return NO; }
|
||||
protocols->next = cls->protocols;
|
||||
protocols->count = 1;
|
||||
protocols->list[0] = protocol;
|
||||
cls->protocols = protocols;
|
||||
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_conformsToProtocol(Class cls, Protocol *protocol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (struct objc_protocol_list *protocols = cls->protocols;
|
||||
protocols != NULL ; protocols = protocols->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<protocols->count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp(protocols->list[i]->protocol_name,
|
||||
protocol->protocol_name) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar * class_copyIvarList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivarlist = cls->ivars;
|
||||
unsigned int count = 0;
|
||||
if (ivarlist != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
count = ivarlist->ivar_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (outCount != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*outCount = count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (count == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar *list = malloc(count * sizeof(struct objc_ivar *));
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0; i<ivarlist->ivar_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list[i] = &(ivarlist->ivar_list[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method * class_copyMethodList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int count = 0;
|
||||
for (struct objc_method_list *methods = cls->methods;
|
||||
methods != NULL ; methods = methods->method_next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
count += methods->method_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (outCount != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*outCount = count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (count == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method *list = malloc(count * sizeof(struct objc_method *));
|
||||
Method *copyDest = list;
|
||||
|
||||
for (struct objc_method_list *methods = cls->methods;
|
||||
methods != NULL ; methods = methods->method_next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0; i<methods->method_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
copyDest[i] = &(methods->method_list[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
copyDest += methods->method_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol ** class_copyProtocolList(Class cls, unsigned int *outCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_protocol_list *protocolList = cls->protocols;
|
||||
int listSize = 0;
|
||||
for (struct objc_protocol_list *list = protocolList ;
|
||||
list != NULL ;
|
||||
list = list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
listSize += list->count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (listSize == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*outCount = 0;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol **protocols = calloc(listSize, sizeof(Protocol*) + 1);
|
||||
int index = 0;
|
||||
for (struct objc_protocol_list *list = protocolList ;
|
||||
list != NULL ;
|
||||
list = list->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(&protocols[index], list->list, list->count * sizeof(Protocol*));
|
||||
index += list->count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
protocols[listSize] = NULL;
|
||||
*outCount = listSize + 1;
|
||||
return protocols;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id class_createInstance(Class cls, size_t extraBytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id obj = objc_malloc(cls->instance_size + extraBytes);
|
||||
obj->isa = cls;
|
||||
return obj;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method class_getInstanceMethod(Class aClass, SEL aSelector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method method = class_getInstanceMethodNonrecursive(aClass, aSelector);
|
||||
if (method == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Check if this should be NULL or aClass
|
||||
Class superclass = class_getSuperclass(aClass);
|
||||
if (superclass == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return class_getInstanceMethod(superclass, aSelector);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method class_getClassMethod(Class aClass, SEL aSelector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_getInstanceMethod(aClass->class_pointer, aSelector);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar class_getClassVariable(Class cls, const char* name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(0 && "Class variables not implemented");
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t class_getInstanceSize(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_instance_size(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Ivar class_getInstanceVariable(Class cls, const char* name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivarlist = cls->ivars;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<ivarlist->ivar_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ivar ivar = &ivarlist->ivar_list[i];
|
||||
if (strcmp(ivar->ivar_name, name) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ivar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// The format of the char* is undocumented. This function is only ever used in
|
||||
// conjunction with class_setIvarLayout().
|
||||
const char *class_getIvarLayout(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (char*)cls->ivars;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_getMethodImplementation(Class cls, SEL name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_object_gnu obj = { cls };
|
||||
return (IMP)objc_msg_lookup((id)&obj, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_getMethodImplementation_stret(Class cls, SEL name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_object_gnu obj = { cls };
|
||||
return (IMP)objc_msg_lookup((id)&obj, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char * class_getName(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_class_name(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Class class_getSuperclass(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_super_class(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int class_getVersion(Class theClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_get_version(theClass);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *class_getWeakIvarLayout(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(0 && "Weak ivars not supported");
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_isMetaClass(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CLS_ISMETA(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP class_replaceMethod(Class cls, SEL name, IMP imp, const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method method = class_getInstanceMethodNonrecursive(cls, name);
|
||||
if (method == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_addMethod(cls, name, imp, types);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
IMP old = (IMP)method->method_imp;
|
||||
method->method_imp = (objc_imp_gnu)imp;
|
||||
return old;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL class_respondsToSelector(Class cls, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __objc_responds_to(cls, sel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void class_setIvarLayout(Class cls, const char *layout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *list = (struct objc_ivar_list*)layout;
|
||||
size_t listsize = sizeof(struct objc_ivar_list) +
|
||||
sizeof(struct objc_ivar) * (list->ivar_count - 1);
|
||||
cls->ivars = malloc(listsize);
|
||||
memcpy(cls->ivars, list, listsize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__attribute__((deprecated))
|
||||
Class class_setSuperclass(Class cls, Class newSuper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class oldSuper = cls->super_class;
|
||||
cls->super_class = newSuper;
|
||||
return oldSuper;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void class_setVersion(Class theClass, int version)
|
||||
{
|
||||
class_set_version(theClass, version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void class_setWeakIvarLayout(Class cls, const char *layout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(0 && "Not implemented");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char * ivar_getName(Ivar ivar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ivar->ivar_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ptrdiff_t ivar_getOffset(Ivar ivar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ivar->ivar_offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char * ivar_getTypeEncoding(Ivar ivar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ivar->ivar_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t lengthOfTypeEncoding(const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *end = objc_skip_argspec(types);
|
||||
end--;
|
||||
while (isdigit(*end)) { end--; }
|
||||
size_t length = end - types + 1;
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static char *copyTypeEncoding(const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = lengthOfTypeEncoding(types);
|
||||
char *copy = malloc(length + 1);
|
||||
memcpy(copy, types, length);
|
||||
copy[length] = '\0';
|
||||
return copy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static const char * findParameterStart(const char *types, unsigned int index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (unsigned int i=0 ; i<index ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
types = objc_skip_argspec(types);
|
||||
if ('\0' == *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return types;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char * method_copyArgumentType(Method method, unsigned int index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *types = findParameterStart(method->method_types, index);
|
||||
if (NULL == types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return copyTypeEncoding(types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char * method_copyReturnType(Method method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return copyTypeEncoding(method->method_types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void method_exchangeImplementations(Method m1, Method m2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP tmp = (IMP)m1->method_imp;
|
||||
m1->method_imp = m2->method_imp;
|
||||
m2->method_imp = (objc_imp_gnu)tmp;
|
||||
objc_updateDtableForClassContainingMethod(m1);
|
||||
objc_updateDtableForClassContainingMethod(m2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void method_getArgumentType(Method method,
|
||||
unsigned int index,
|
||||
char *dst,
|
||||
size_t dst_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *types = findParameterStart(method->method_types, index);
|
||||
if (NULL == types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strncpy(dst, "", dst_len);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_t length = lengthOfTypeEncoding(types);
|
||||
if (length < dst_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(dst, types, length);
|
||||
dst[length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(dst, types, dst_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP method_getImplementation(Method method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (IMP)method->method_imp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SEL method_getName(Method method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return method->method_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned method_getNumberOfArguments(Method method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *types = method->method_types;
|
||||
unsigned int count = 0;
|
||||
while('\0' == *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
types = objc_skip_argspec(types);
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void method_getReturnType(Method method, char *dst, size_t dst_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//TODO: Coped and pasted code. Factor it out.
|
||||
const char *types = method->method_types;
|
||||
size_t length = lengthOfTypeEncoding(types);
|
||||
if (length < dst_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(dst, types, length);
|
||||
dst[length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(dst, types, dst_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char * method_getTypeEncoding(Method method)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return method->method_types;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP method_setImplementation(Method method, IMP imp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP old = (IMP)method->method_imp;
|
||||
method->method_imp = (objc_imp_gnu)old;
|
||||
objc_updateDtableForClassContainingMethod(method);
|
||||
return old;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getClass(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (id)objc_get_class(name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int objc_getClassList(Class *buffer, int bufferLen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
if (buffer == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *state = NULL;
|
||||
while(Nil != objc_next_class(&state))
|
||||
{
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class nextClass;
|
||||
void *state = NULL;
|
||||
while (Nil != (nextClass = objc_next_class(&state)) && bufferLen > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
bufferLen--;
|
||||
*(buffer++) = nextClass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getMetaClass(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class cls = (Class)objc_getClass(name);
|
||||
return cls == Nil ? nil : (id)cls->class_pointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_getRequiredClass(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
id cls = objc_getClass(name);
|
||||
if (nil == cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return cls;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id objc_lookUpClass(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Check these are the right way around.
|
||||
return (id)objc_lookup_class(name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void freeMethodLists(Class aClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_method_list *methods = aClass->methods;
|
||||
while(methods != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<methods->method_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free((void*)methods->method_list[i].method_types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
struct objc_method_list *current = methods;
|
||||
methods = methods->method_next;
|
||||
free(current);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void freeIvarLists(Class aClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_ivar_list *ivarlist = aClass->ivars;
|
||||
if (NULL == ivarlist) { return; }
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0 ; i<ivarlist->ivar_count ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ivar ivar = &ivarlist->ivar_list[i];
|
||||
free((void*)ivar->ivar_type);
|
||||
free((void*)ivar->ivar_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(ivarlist);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Removes a class from the subclass list found on its super class.
|
||||
* Must be called with the objc runtime mutex locked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void safe_remove_from_subclass_list(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class sub = cls->super_class->subclass_list;
|
||||
if (sub == cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cls->super_class->subclass_list = cls->sibling_class;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (sub != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sub->sibling_class == cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sub->sibling_class = cls->sibling_class;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sub = sub->sibling_class;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_disposeClassPair(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class meta = ((id)cls)->isa;
|
||||
// Remove from the runtime system so nothing tries updating the dtable
|
||||
// while we are freeing the class.
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
safe_remove_from_subclass_list(meta);
|
||||
safe_remove_from_subclass_list(cls);
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Free the method and ivar lists.
|
||||
freeMethodLists(cls);
|
||||
freeMethodLists(meta);
|
||||
freeIvarLists(cls);
|
||||
|
||||
// Free the class and metaclass
|
||||
free(meta);
|
||||
free(cls);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Class objc_allocateClassPair(Class superclass, const char *name, size_t extraBytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check the class doesn't already exist.
|
||||
if (nil != objc_lookUpClass(name)) { return Nil; }
|
||||
|
||||
Class newClass = calloc(1, sizeof(struct objc_class) + extraBytes);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Nil == newClass) { return Nil; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Create the metaclass
|
||||
Class metaClass = calloc(1, sizeof(struct objc_class));
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize the metaclass
|
||||
metaClass->class_pointer = superclass->class_pointer;
|
||||
metaClass->super_class = superclass->class_pointer->super_class;
|
||||
metaClass->info = _CLS_META | _CLS_RUNTIME | _CLS_NEW_ABI;
|
||||
metaClass->dtable = __objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set up the new class
|
||||
newClass->class_pointer = metaClass;
|
||||
newClass->super_class = superclass;
|
||||
newClass->name = strdup(name);
|
||||
newClass->info = _CLS_CLASS | _CLS_RUNTIME | _CLS_NEW_ABI;
|
||||
newClass->dtable = __objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
|
||||
return newClass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *object_getIndexedIvars(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (class_isMetaClass(obj->isa))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((char*)obj) + sizeof(struct objc_class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ((char*)obj) + obj->isa->instance_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Class object_getClass(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nil != obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return obj->isa;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *object_getClassName(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return class_getName(object_getClass(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void objc_registerClassPair(Class cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class metaClass = cls->class_pointer;
|
||||
// Initialize the dispatch table for the class and metaclass.
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class(metaClass);
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class(cls);
|
||||
CLS_SETINITIALIZED(metaClass);
|
||||
CLS_SETINITIALIZED(cls);
|
||||
// Add pointer from super class
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
cls->sibling_class = cls->super_class->subclass_list;
|
||||
cls->super_class->subclass_list = cls;
|
||||
metaClass->sibling_class = metaClass->super_class->subclass_list;
|
||||
metaClass->super_class->subclass_list = metaClass;
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock(__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static id objectNew(id cls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static SEL newSel = NULL;
|
||||
if (NULL == newSel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newSel = sel_get_uid("new");
|
||||
}
|
||||
IMP newIMP = (IMP)objc_msg_lookup((void*)cls, newSel);
|
||||
return newIMP((id)cls, newSel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol *objc_getProtocol(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Protocols are not centrally registered in the GNU runtime.
|
||||
Protocol *protocol = (Protocol*)(objectNew(objc_getClass("Protocol")));
|
||||
protocol->protocol_name = (char*)name;
|
||||
return protocol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL protocol_conformsToProtocol(Protocol *p, Protocol *other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_method_description *protocol_copyMethodDescriptionList(Protocol *p,
|
||||
BOOL isRequiredMethod, BOOL isInstanceMethod, unsigned int *count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*count = 0;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol **protocol_copyProtocolList(Protocol *p, unsigned int *count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*count = 0;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *protocol_getName(Protocol *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NULL != p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return p->protocol_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL protocol_isEqual(Protocol *p, Protocol *other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NULL == p || NULL == other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (p == other ||
|
||||
0 == strcmp(p->protocol_name, other->protocol_name))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime selector related functions
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2002, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/sarray.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/encoding.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initial selector hash table size. Value doesn't matter much */
|
||||
#define SELECTOR_HASH_SIZE 128
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tables mapping selector names to uid and opposite */
|
||||
static struct sarray *__objc_selector_array = 0; /* uid -> sel !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
static struct sarray *__objc_selector_names = 0; /* uid -> name !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
static cache_ptr __objc_selector_hash = 0; /* name -> uid !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of selectors stored in each of the above tables */
|
||||
unsigned int __objc_selector_max_index = 0; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_init_selector_tables (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_selector_array = sarray_new (SELECTOR_HASH_SIZE, 0);
|
||||
__objc_selector_names = sarray_new (SELECTOR_HASH_SIZE, 0);
|
||||
__objc_selector_hash
|
||||
= objc_hash_new (SELECTOR_HASH_SIZE,
|
||||
(hash_func_type) objc_hash_string,
|
||||
(compare_func_type) objc_compare_strings);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This routine is given a class and records all of the methods in its class
|
||||
structure in the record table. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list;
|
||||
|
||||
method_list = class->methods;
|
||||
while (method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_list (method_list);
|
||||
method_list = method_list->method_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This routine is given a list of methods and records each of the methods in
|
||||
the record table. This is the routine that does the actual recording
|
||||
work.
|
||||
|
||||
The name and type pointers in the method list must be permanent and
|
||||
immutable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_list (MethodList_t method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
while (i < method_list->method_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &method_list->method_list[i];
|
||||
if (method->method_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
method->method_name
|
||||
= __sel_register_typed_name ((const char *) method->method_name,
|
||||
method->method_types, 0, YES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
i += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register instance methods as class methods for root classes */
|
||||
void __objc_register_instance_methods_to_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list;
|
||||
MethodList_t class_method_list;
|
||||
int max_methods_no = 16;
|
||||
MethodList_t new_list;
|
||||
Method_t curr_method;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only if a root class. */
|
||||
if (class->super_class)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a method list to hold the new class methods */
|
||||
new_list = objc_calloc (sizeof (struct objc_method_list)
|
||||
+ sizeof (struct objc_method[max_methods_no]), 1);
|
||||
method_list = class->methods;
|
||||
class_method_list = class->class_pointer->methods;
|
||||
curr_method = &new_list->method_list[0];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate through the method lists for the class */
|
||||
while (method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate through the methods from this method list */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t mth = &method_list->method_list[i];
|
||||
if (mth->method_name
|
||||
&& ! search_for_method_in_list (class_method_list,
|
||||
mth->method_name))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This instance method isn't a class method.
|
||||
Add it into the new_list. */
|
||||
*curr_method = *mth;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reallocate the method list if necessary */
|
||||
if (++new_list->method_count == max_methods_no)
|
||||
new_list =
|
||||
objc_realloc (new_list, sizeof (struct objc_method_list)
|
||||
+ sizeof (struct
|
||||
objc_method[max_methods_no += 16]));
|
||||
curr_method = &new_list->method_list[new_list->method_count];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
method_list = method_list->method_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we created any new class methods
|
||||
then attach the method list to the class */
|
||||
if (new_list->method_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_list =
|
||||
objc_realloc (new_list, sizeof (struct objc_method_list)
|
||||
+ sizeof (struct objc_method[new_list->method_count]));
|
||||
new_list->method_next = class->class_pointer->methods;
|
||||
class->class_pointer->methods = new_list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
objc_free(new_list);
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (class->class_pointer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns YES iff t1 and t2 have same method types, but we ignore
|
||||
the argframe layout */
|
||||
BOOL
|
||||
sel_types_match (const char *t1, const char *t2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (! t1 || ! t2)
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
while (*t1 && *t2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*t1 == '+') t1++;
|
||||
if (*t2 == '+') t2++;
|
||||
while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *t1)) t1++;
|
||||
while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *t2)) t2++;
|
||||
/* xxx Remove these next two lines when qualifiers are put in
|
||||
all selectors, not just Protocol selectors. */
|
||||
t1 = objc_skip_type_qualifiers (t1);
|
||||
t2 = objc_skip_type_qualifiers (t2);
|
||||
if (! *t1 && ! *t2)
|
||||
return YES;
|
||||
if (*t1 != *t2)
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
t1++;
|
||||
t2++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* return selector representing name */
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_get_typed_uid (const char *name, const char *types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *l;
|
||||
sidx i;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
i = (sidx) objc_hash_value_for_key (__objc_selector_hash, name);
|
||||
if (i == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (l = (struct objc_list *) sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_array, i);
|
||||
l; l = l->tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL s = (SEL) l->head;
|
||||
if (types == 0 || s->sel_types == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s->sel_types == types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sel_types_match (s->sel_types, types))
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return selector representing name; prefer a selector with non-NULL type */
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_get_any_typed_uid (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *l;
|
||||
sidx i;
|
||||
SEL s = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
i = (sidx) objc_hash_value_for_key (__objc_selector_hash, name);
|
||||
if (i == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (l = (struct objc_list *) sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_array, i);
|
||||
l; l = l->tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s = (SEL) l->head;
|
||||
if (s->sel_types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* return selector representing name */
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_get_any_uid (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_list *l;
|
||||
sidx i;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
i = (sidx) objc_hash_value_for_key (__objc_selector_hash, name);
|
||||
if (soffset_decode (i) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
l = (struct objc_list *) sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_array, i);
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
if (l == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return (SEL) l->head;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* return selector representing name */
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_get_uid (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sel_register_typed_name (name, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get name of selector. If selector is unknown, the empty string ""
|
||||
is returned */
|
||||
const char *sel_get_name (SEL selector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *ret;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
if ((soffset_decode ((sidx)selector->sel_id) > 0)
|
||||
&& (soffset_decode ((sidx)selector->sel_id) <= __objc_selector_max_index))
|
||||
ret = sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_names, (sidx) selector->sel_id);
|
||||
else
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL
|
||||
sel_is_mapped (SEL selector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int idx = soffset_decode ((sidx)selector->sel_id);
|
||||
return ((idx > 0) && (idx <= __objc_selector_max_index));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const char *sel_get_type (SEL selector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (selector)
|
||||
return selector->sel_types;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The uninstalled dispatch table */
|
||||
extern struct sarray *__objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
|
||||
/* __sel_register_typed_name allocates lots of struct objc_selector:s
|
||||
of 8 (16, if pointers are 64 bits) bytes at startup. To reduce the number
|
||||
of malloc calls and memory lost to malloc overhead, we allocate
|
||||
objc_selector:s in blocks here. This is only called from
|
||||
__sel_register_typed_name, and __sel_register_typed_name may only be
|
||||
called when __objc_runtime_mutex is locked.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the objc_selector:s allocated from __sel_register_typed_name
|
||||
are never freed.
|
||||
|
||||
62 because 62 * sizeof (struct objc_selector) = 496 (992). This should
|
||||
let malloc add some overhead and use a nice, round 512 (1024) byte chunk.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SELECTOR_POOL_SIZE 62
|
||||
static struct objc_selector *selector_pool;
|
||||
static int selector_pool_left;
|
||||
|
||||
static struct objc_selector *
|
||||
pool_alloc_selector(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!selector_pool_left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
selector_pool = objc_malloc (sizeof (struct objc_selector)
|
||||
* SELECTOR_POOL_SIZE);
|
||||
selector_pool_left = SELECTOR_POOL_SIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &selector_pool[--selector_pool_left];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the passed selector name in the selector record and return its
|
||||
selector value (value returned by sel_get_uid).
|
||||
Assumes that the calling function has locked down __objc_runtime_mutex. */
|
||||
/* is_const parameter tells us if the name and types parameters
|
||||
are really constant or not. If YES then they are constant and
|
||||
we can just store the pointers. If NO then we need to copy
|
||||
name and types because the pointers may disappear later on. */
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
__sel_register_typed_name (const char *name, const char *types,
|
||||
struct objc_selector *orig, BOOL is_const)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_selector *j;
|
||||
sidx i;
|
||||
struct objc_list *l;
|
||||
// FIXME: The linker is now going to be uniquing most of our selectors for
|
||||
// us, so we want to eliminate this hash calculation except as a fallback
|
||||
|
||||
i = (sidx) objc_hash_value_for_key (__objc_selector_hash, name);
|
||||
if (soffset_decode (i) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (l = (struct objc_list *) sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_array, i);
|
||||
l; l = l->tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL s = (SEL) l->head;
|
||||
if (types == 0 || s->sel_types == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s->sel_types == types)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
orig->sel_id = (void *) i;
|
||||
return orig;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (! strcmp (s->sel_types, types))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
orig->sel_id = (void *) i;
|
||||
return orig;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (orig)
|
||||
j = orig;
|
||||
else
|
||||
j = pool_alloc_selector ();
|
||||
|
||||
j->sel_id = (void *) i;
|
||||
/* Can we use the pointer or must copy types? Don't copy if NULL */
|
||||
if ((is_const) || (types == 0))
|
||||
j->sel_types = (const char *) types;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
j->sel_types = (char *) objc_malloc (strlen (types) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy ((char *) j->sel_types, types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
l = (struct objc_list *) sarray_get_safe (__objc_selector_array, i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_selector_max_index += 1;
|
||||
i = soffset_encode (__objc_selector_max_index);
|
||||
if (orig)
|
||||
j = orig;
|
||||
else
|
||||
j = pool_alloc_selector ();
|
||||
|
||||
j->sel_id = (void *) i;
|
||||
/* Can we use the pointer or must copy types? Don't copy if NULL */
|
||||
if ((is_const) || (types == 0))
|
||||
j->sel_types = (const char *) types;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
j->sel_types = (char *) objc_malloc (strlen (types) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy ((char *) j->sel_types, types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
l = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINTF ("Record selector %s[%s] as: %ld\n", name, types,
|
||||
(long) soffset_decode (i));
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
int is_new = (l == 0);
|
||||
const char *new_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can we use the pointer or must copy name? Don't copy if NULL */
|
||||
if ((is_const) || (name == 0))
|
||||
new_name = name;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
new_name = (char *) objc_malloc (strlen (name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy ((char *) new_name, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
l = list_cons ((void *) j, l);
|
||||
sarray_at_put_safe (__objc_selector_names, i, (void *) new_name);
|
||||
sarray_at_put_safe (__objc_selector_array, i, (void *) l);
|
||||
if (is_new)
|
||||
objc_hash_add (&__objc_selector_hash, (void *) new_name, (void *) i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sarray_realloc (__objc_uninstalled_dtable, __objc_selector_max_index + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
return (SEL) j;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_register_name (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL ret;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
/* Assume that name is not constant static memory and needs to be
|
||||
copied before put into a runtime structure. is_const == NO */
|
||||
ret = __sel_register_typed_name (name, 0, 0, NO);
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SEL
|
||||
sel_register_typed_name (const char *name, const char *type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL ret;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
/* Assume that name and type are not constant static memory and need to
|
||||
be copied before put into a runtime structure. is_const == NO */
|
||||
ret = __sel_register_typed_name (name, type, 0, NO);
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,660 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime message lookup
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
||||
2001, 2002, 2004, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Kresten Krab Thorup
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/sarray.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/encoding.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is how we hack STRUCT_VALUE to be 1 or 0. */
|
||||
#define gen_rtx(args...) 1
|
||||
#define gen_rtx_MEM(args...) 1
|
||||
#define gen_rtx_REG(args...) 1
|
||||
/* Alread defined in gcc/coretypes.h. So prevent double definition warning. */
|
||||
#undef rtx
|
||||
#define rtx int
|
||||
|
||||
#if ! defined (STRUCT_VALUE) || STRUCT_VALUE == 0
|
||||
#define INVISIBLE_STRUCT_RETURN 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define INVISIBLE_STRUCT_RETURN 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The uninstalled dispatch table */
|
||||
struct sarray *__objc_uninstalled_dtable = 0; /* !T:MUTEX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Two hooks for method forwarding. If either is set, it is invoked
|
||||
* to return a function that performs the real forwarding. If both
|
||||
* are set, the result of __objc_msg_forward2 will be preferred over
|
||||
* that of __objc_msg_forward. If both return NULL or are unset,
|
||||
* the libgcc based functions (__builtin_apply and friends) are
|
||||
* used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IMP (*__objc_msg_forward) (SEL) = NULL;
|
||||
IMP (*__objc_msg_forward2) (id, SEL) = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send +initialize to class */
|
||||
static void __objc_send_initialize (Class);
|
||||
|
||||
static void __objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (Class);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forward declare some functions */
|
||||
static void __objc_init_install_dtable (id, SEL);
|
||||
|
||||
static Method_t search_for_method_in_hierarchy (Class class, SEL sel);
|
||||
Method_t search_for_method_in_list (MethodList_t list, SEL op);
|
||||
id nil_method (id, SEL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given a selector, return the proper forwarding implementation. */
|
||||
inline
|
||||
IMP
|
||||
__objc_get_forward_imp (id rcv, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If a custom forwarding hook was registered, try getting a forwarding
|
||||
function from it. There are two forward routine hooks, one that
|
||||
takes the receiver as an argument and one that does not. */
|
||||
if (__objc_msg_forward2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP result;
|
||||
if ((result = __objc_msg_forward2 (rcv, sel)) != NULL)
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (__objc_msg_forward)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP result;
|
||||
if ((result = __objc_msg_forward (sel)) != NULL)
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Object forwarding not available");
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct objc_slot
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class owner;
|
||||
Class cachedFor;
|
||||
const char *types;
|
||||
int version;
|
||||
IMP method;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Malloc slots a page at a time.
|
||||
#define SLOT_POOL_SIZE ((4096) / sizeof(struct objc_slot))
|
||||
static struct objc_slot *slot_pool;
|
||||
static int slot_pool_left;
|
||||
|
||||
static struct objc_slot *
|
||||
pool_alloc_slot(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!slot_pool_left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
slot_pool = objc_malloc (sizeof (struct objc_slot)
|
||||
* SLOT_POOL_SIZE);
|
||||
slot_pool_left = SLOT_POOL_SIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &slot_pool[--slot_pool_left];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline IMP sarray_get_imp (struct sarray *dtable, size_t key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_slot *slot = sarray_get_safe (dtable, key);
|
||||
return (NULL != slot) ? slot->method : (IMP)0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given a class and selector, return the selector's implementation. */
|
||||
inline
|
||||
IMP
|
||||
get_imp (Class class, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* In a vanilla implementation we would first check if the dispatch
|
||||
table is installed. Here instead, to get more speed in the
|
||||
standard case (that the dispatch table is installed) we first try
|
||||
to get the imp using brute force. Only if that fails, we do what
|
||||
we should have been doing from the very beginning, that is, check
|
||||
if the dispatch table needs to be installed, install it if it's
|
||||
not installed, and retrieve the imp from the table if it's
|
||||
installed. */
|
||||
IMP res = sarray_get_imp (class->dtable, (size_t) sel->sel_id);
|
||||
if (res == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Not a valid method */
|
||||
if (class->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The dispatch table needs to be installed. */
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Double-checked locking pattern: Check
|
||||
__objc_uninstalled_dtable again in case another thread
|
||||
installed the dtable while we were waiting for the lock
|
||||
to be released. */
|
||||
if (class->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
/* Call ourselves with the installed dispatch table
|
||||
and get the real method */
|
||||
res = get_imp (class, sel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The dispatch table has been installed. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the method from the dispatch table (we try to get it
|
||||
again in case another thread has installed the dtable just
|
||||
after we invoked sarray_get_safe, but before we checked
|
||||
class->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
res = sarray_get_imp (class->dtable, (size_t) sel->sel_id);
|
||||
if (res == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The dispatch table has been installed, and the method
|
||||
is not in the dispatch table. So the method just
|
||||
doesn't exist for the class. Return the forwarding
|
||||
implementation. */
|
||||
res = __objc_get_forward_imp ((id)class, sel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Query if an object can respond to a selector, returns YES if the
|
||||
object implements the selector otherwise NO. Does not check if the
|
||||
method can be forwarded. */
|
||||
inline
|
||||
BOOL
|
||||
__objc_responds_to (id object, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *res;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Install dispatch table if need be */
|
||||
if (object->class_pointer->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
if (object->class_pointer->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (object->class_pointer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the method from the dispatch table */
|
||||
res = sarray_get_safe (object->class_pointer->dtable, (size_t) sel->sel_id);
|
||||
return (res != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the lookup function. All entries in the table are either a
|
||||
valid method *or* zero. If zero then either the dispatch table
|
||||
needs to be installed or it doesn't exist and forwarding is attempted. */
|
||||
inline
|
||||
IMP
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup (id receiver, SEL op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IMP result;
|
||||
if (receiver)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = sarray_get_imp (receiver->class_pointer->dtable,
|
||||
(sidx)op->sel_id);
|
||||
if (result == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Not a valid method */
|
||||
if (receiver->class_pointer->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The dispatch table needs to be installed.
|
||||
This happens on the very first method call to the class. */
|
||||
__objc_init_install_dtable (receiver, op);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get real method for this in newly installed dtable */
|
||||
result = get_imp (receiver->class_pointer, op);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The dispatch table has been installed. Check again
|
||||
if the method exists (just in case the dispatch table
|
||||
has been installed by another thread after we did the
|
||||
previous check that the method exists).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
result = sarray_get_imp (receiver->class_pointer->dtable,
|
||||
(sidx)op->sel_id);
|
||||
if (result == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the method still just doesn't exist for the
|
||||
class, attempt to forward the method. */
|
||||
result = __objc_get_forward_imp (receiver, op);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (IMP)nil_method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup_super (Super_t super, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (super->self)
|
||||
return get_imp (super->class, sel);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (IMP)nil_method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int method_get_sizeof_arguments (Method *);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TODO: This never worked properly. Delete it after checking no one is
|
||||
* misguided enough to be using it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
retval_t
|
||||
objc_msg_sendv (id object, SEL op, arglist_t arg_frame)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "objc_msg_sendv() never worked correctly. Don't use it.\n");
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_init_dispatch_tables ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_uninstalled_dtable = sarray_new (200, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function is called by objc_msg_lookup when the
|
||||
dispatch table needs to be installed; thus it is called once
|
||||
for each class, namely when the very first message is sent to it. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_init_install_dtable (id receiver, SEL op __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This may happen, if the programmer has taken the address of a
|
||||
method before the dtable was initialized... too bad for him! */
|
||||
if (receiver->class_pointer->dtable != __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (CLS_ISCLASS (receiver->class_pointer))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* receiver is an ordinary object */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (receiver->class_pointer));
|
||||
|
||||
/* install instance methods table */
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (receiver->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* call +initialize -- this will in turn install the factory
|
||||
dispatch table if not already done :-) */
|
||||
__objc_send_initialize (receiver->class_pointer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* receiver is a class object */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS ((Class)receiver));
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISMETA (receiver->class_pointer));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Install real dtable for factory methods */
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (receiver->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_send_initialize ((Class)receiver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Install dummy table for class which causes the first message to
|
||||
that class (or instances hereof) to be initialized properly */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_install_premature_dtable (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert (__objc_uninstalled_dtable);
|
||||
class->dtable = __objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send +initialize to class if not already done */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_send_initialize (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This *must* be a class object */
|
||||
assert (CLS_ISCLASS (class));
|
||||
assert (! CLS_ISMETA (class));
|
||||
|
||||
if (! CLS_ISINITIALIZED (class))
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLS_SETINITIALIZED (class);
|
||||
CLS_SETINITIALIZED (class->class_pointer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create the garbage collector type memory description */
|
||||
__objc_generate_gc_type_description (class);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class->super_class)
|
||||
__objc_send_initialize (class->super_class);
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEL op = sel_register_name ("initialize");
|
||||
IMP imp = 0;
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list = class->class_pointer->methods;
|
||||
|
||||
while (method_list) {
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
Method_t method;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; i++) {
|
||||
method = &(method_list->method_list[i]);
|
||||
if (method->method_name
|
||||
&& method->method_name->sel_id == op->sel_id) {
|
||||
imp = method->method_imp;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (imp)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
method_list = method_list->method_next;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (imp)
|
||||
(*imp) ((id) class, op);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Walk on the methods list of class and install the methods in the reverse
|
||||
order of the lists. Since methods added by categories are before the methods
|
||||
of class in the methods list, this allows categories to substitute methods
|
||||
declared in class. However if more than one category replaces the same
|
||||
method nothing is guaranteed about what method will be used.
|
||||
Assumes that __objc_runtime_mutex is locked down. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_install_methods_in_dtable (Class class, MethodList_t method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! method_list)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (method_list->method_next)
|
||||
__objc_install_methods_in_dtable (class, method_list->method_next);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &(method_list->method_list[i]);
|
||||
size_t sel_id = (size_t)method->method_name->sel_id;
|
||||
/* If there is an existing slot with this value, just update it. */
|
||||
struct objc_slot *slot = sarray_get_safe(class->dtable, sel_id);
|
||||
if (NULL != slot && slot->owner == class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
slot->method = method->method_imp;
|
||||
slot->version++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
//NOTE: We can improve this by sharing slots between subclasses where
|
||||
// the IMPs are the same.
|
||||
slot = pool_alloc_slot();
|
||||
slot->owner = class;
|
||||
slot->types = method->method_types;
|
||||
slot->method = method->method_imp;
|
||||
slot->version = 1;
|
||||
sarray_at_put_safe (class->dtable, sel_id, slot);
|
||||
/* Invalidate the superclass's slot, if it has one. */
|
||||
slot = (NULL != class->super_class) ?
|
||||
sarray_get_safe(class->super_class->dtable, sel_id) : NULL;
|
||||
if (NULL != slot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
slot->version++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assumes that __objc_runtime_mutex is locked down. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class super;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the class has not yet had its class links resolved, we must
|
||||
re-compute all class links */
|
||||
if (! CLS_ISRESOLV (class))
|
||||
__objc_resolve_class_links ();
|
||||
|
||||
super = class->super_class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (super != 0 && (super->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable))
|
||||
__objc_install_dispatch_table_for_class (super);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate dtable if necessary */
|
||||
if (super == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
class->dtable = sarray_new (__objc_selector_max_index, 0);
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
class->dtable = sarray_lazy_copy (super->dtable);
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_install_methods_in_dtable (class, class->methods);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void merge_methods_from_superclass (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class super = class->super_class;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list = class->methods;
|
||||
while (method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search the method list. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &method_list->method_list[i];
|
||||
size_t sel_id = (size_t)method->method_name->sel_id;
|
||||
struct objc_slot *slot =
|
||||
sarray_get_safe(class->dtable, sel_id);
|
||||
// If the slot already exists in this dtable, we have either
|
||||
// overridden it in the subclass, or it is already pointing to
|
||||
// the same slot as the superclass. If not, then we just install
|
||||
// the slot pointer into this dtable.
|
||||
if (NULL == slot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
slot = sarray_get_safe(super->dtable, sel_id);
|
||||
// If slot is NULL here, something has gone badly wrong with
|
||||
// the superclass already.
|
||||
sarray_at_put_safe (class->dtable, sel_id, slot);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
method_list = method_list->method_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (super = super->super_class);
|
||||
if (class->subclass_list) /* Traverse subclasses */
|
||||
for (Class next = class->subclass_list; next; next = next->sibling_class)
|
||||
merge_methods_from_superclass (next);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (Class class)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class next;
|
||||
struct sarray *arr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* not yet installed -- skip it */
|
||||
if (class->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_install_methods_in_dtable (class, class->methods);
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
if (class->subclass_list) /* Traverse subclasses */
|
||||
for (next = class->subclass_list; next; next = next->sibling_class)
|
||||
merge_methods_from_superclass (next);
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function adds a method list to a class. This function is
|
||||
typically called by another function specific to the run-time. As
|
||||
such this function does not worry about thread safe issues.
|
||||
|
||||
This one is only called for categories. Class objects have their
|
||||
methods installed right away, and their selectors are made into
|
||||
SEL's by the function __objc_register_selectors_from_class. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
class_add_method_list (Class class, MethodList_t list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Passing of a linked list is not allowed. Do multiple calls. */
|
||||
assert (! list->method_next);
|
||||
|
||||
__objc_register_selectors_from_list(list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the methods to the class's method list. */
|
||||
list->method_next = class->methods;
|
||||
class->methods = list;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the dispatch table of class */
|
||||
__objc_update_dispatch_table_for_class (class);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method_t
|
||||
class_get_instance_method (Class class, SEL op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return search_for_method_in_hierarchy (class, op);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Method_t
|
||||
class_get_class_method (MetaClass class, SEL op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return search_for_method_in_hierarchy (class, op);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search for a method starting from the current class up its hierarchy.
|
||||
Return a pointer to the method's method structure if found. NULL
|
||||
otherwise. */
|
||||
|
||||
static Method_t
|
||||
search_for_method_in_hierarchy (Class cls, SEL sel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = NULL;
|
||||
Class class;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! sel_is_mapped (sel))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan the method list of the class. If the method isn't found in the
|
||||
list then step to its super class. */
|
||||
for (class = cls; ((! method) && class); class = class->super_class)
|
||||
method = search_for_method_in_list (class->methods, sel);
|
||||
|
||||
return method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given a linked list of method and a method's name. Search for the named
|
||||
method's method structure. Return a pointer to the method's method
|
||||
structure if found. NULL otherwise. */
|
||||
Method_t
|
||||
search_for_method_in_list (MethodList_t list, SEL op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MethodList_t method_list = list;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! sel_is_mapped (op))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If not found then we'll search the list. */
|
||||
while (method_list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search the method list. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < method_list->method_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Method_t method = &method_list->method_list[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if (method->method_name)
|
||||
if (method->method_name->sel_id == op->sel_id)
|
||||
return method;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The method wasn't found. Follow the link to the next list of
|
||||
methods. */
|
||||
method_list = method_list->method_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__objc_print_dtable_stats ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int total = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef OBJC_SPARSE2
|
||||
printf ("memory usage: (%s)\n", "2-level sparse arrays");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
printf ("memory usage: (%s)\n", "3-level sparse arrays");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
printf ("arrays: %d = %ld bytes\n", narrays,
|
||||
(long) ((size_t) narrays * sizeof (struct sarray)));
|
||||
total += narrays * sizeof (struct sarray);
|
||||
printf ("buckets: %d = %ld bytes\n", nbuckets,
|
||||
(long) ((size_t) nbuckets * sizeof (struct sbucket)));
|
||||
total += nbuckets * sizeof (struct sbucket);
|
||||
|
||||
printf ("idxtables: %d = %ld bytes\n",
|
||||
idxsize, (long) ((size_t) idxsize * sizeof (void *)));
|
||||
total += idxsize * sizeof (void *);
|
||||
printf ("-----------------------------------\n");
|
||||
printf ("total: %d bytes\n", total);
|
||||
printf ("===================================\n");
|
||||
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (__objc_runtime_mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the uninstalled dispatch table indicator.
|
||||
If a class' dispatch table points to __objc_uninstalled_dtable
|
||||
then that means it needs its dispatch table to be installed. */
|
||||
inline
|
||||
struct sarray *
|
||||
objc_get_uninstalled_dtable ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __objc_uninstalled_dtable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// This is an ugly hack to make sure that the compiler can do inlining into
|
||||
// sendmsg2.c from here. It should be removed and the two compiled separately
|
||||
// once we drop support for compilers that are too primitive to do cross-module
|
||||
// inlining.
|
||||
#include "sendmsg2.c"
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
sendmsg.o: sendmsg.c objc/runtime-legacy.h objc/objc.h objc/objc-api.h \
|
||||
objc/hash.h objc/Availability.h objc/thr.h objc/objc-decls.h \
|
||||
objc/objc-list.h objc/sarray.h objc/encoding.h sendmsg2.c
|
||||
|
||||
objc/runtime-legacy.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/objc.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/objc-api.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/hash.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/Availability.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/thr.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/objc-decls.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/objc-list.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/sarray.h:
|
||||
|
||||
objc/encoding.h:
|
||||
|
||||
sendmsg2.c:
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
__thread id objc_msg_sender;
|
||||
|
||||
static struct objc_slot nil_slot = { Nil, Nil, "", 1, (IMP)nil_method };
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct objc_slot *Slot_t;
|
||||
|
||||
Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_sender(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender);
|
||||
|
||||
// Default implementations of the two new hooks. Return NULL.
|
||||
static id objc_proxy_lookup_null(id receiver, SEL op) { return nil; }
|
||||
static Slot_t objc_msg_forward3_null(id receiver, SEL op) { return NULL; }
|
||||
|
||||
id (*objc_proxy_lookup)(id receiver, SEL op) = objc_proxy_lookup_null;
|
||||
Slot_t (*objc_msg_forward3)(id receiver, SEL op) = objc_msg_forward3_null;
|
||||
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_internal(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Slot_t result = sarray_get_safe((*receiver)->class_pointer->dtable,
|
||||
(sidx)selector->sel_id);
|
||||
if (0 == result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Install the dtable if it hasn't already been initialized. */
|
||||
if ((*receiver)->class_pointer->dtable == __objc_uninstalled_dtable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__objc_init_install_dtable (*receiver, selector);
|
||||
result = sarray_get_safe((*receiver)->class_pointer->dtable,
|
||||
(sidx)selector->sel_id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check again incase another thread updated the dtable while we
|
||||
// weren't looking
|
||||
result = sarray_get_safe((*receiver)->class_pointer->dtable,
|
||||
(sidx)selector->sel_id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
id newReceiver = objc_proxy_lookup(*receiver, selector);
|
||||
// If some other library wants us to play forwarding games, try again
|
||||
// with the new object.
|
||||
if (nil != newReceiver)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*receiver = newReceiver;
|
||||
return objc_msg_lookup_sender(receiver, selector, sender);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (0 == result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = objc_msg_forward3(*receiver, selector);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Slot_t (*objc_plane_lookup)(id *receiver, SEL op, id sender) =
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup_internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New Objective-C lookup function. This permits the lookup to modify the
|
||||
* receiver and also supports multi-dimensional dispatch based on the sender.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_sender(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Returning a nil slot allows the caller to cache the lookup for nil too,
|
||||
// although this is not particularly useful because the nil method can be
|
||||
// inlined trivially.
|
||||
if(*receiver == nil)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &nil_slot;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect(sender == nil
|
||||
||
|
||||
(sender->class_pointer->info & (*receiver)->class_pointer->info & _CLS_PLANE_AWARE),1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return objc_msg_lookup_internal(receiver, selector, sender);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If we are in plane-aware code
|
||||
void *senderPlaneID = *((void**)sender - 1);
|
||||
void *receiverPlaneID = *((void**)receiver - 1);
|
||||
if (senderPlaneID == receiverPlaneID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//fprintf(stderr, "Intraplane message\n");
|
||||
return objc_msg_lookup_internal(receiver, selector, sender);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return objc_plane_lookup(receiver, selector, sender);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime.h"
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
@interface Fake
|
||||
+ (void)dealloc;
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
static mutex_t at_sync_init_lock;
|
||||
static unsigned long long lockClassId;
|
||||
|
||||
void __objc_sync_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INIT_LOCK(at_sync_init_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMP objc_msg_lookup(id, SEL);
|
||||
|
||||
static void deallocLockClass(id obj, SEL _cmd);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline Class findLockClass(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct objc_object object = { obj->isa };
|
||||
SEL dealloc = @selector(dealloc);
|
||||
// Find the first class where this lookup is correct
|
||||
if (objc_msg_lookup((id)&object, dealloc) != (IMP)deallocLockClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do {
|
||||
object.isa = class_getSuperclass(object.isa);
|
||||
} while (Nil != object.isa &&
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup((id)&object, dealloc) != (IMP)deallocLockClass);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (Nil == object.isa) { return Nil; }
|
||||
// object->isa is now either the lock class, or a class which inherits from
|
||||
// the lock class
|
||||
Class lastClass;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
lastClass = object.isa;
|
||||
object.isa = class_getSuperclass(object.isa);
|
||||
} while (Nil != object.isa &&
|
||||
objc_msg_lookup((id)&object, dealloc) == (IMP)deallocLockClass);
|
||||
return lastClass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline Class initLockObject(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char nameBuffer[40];
|
||||
snprintf(nameBuffer, 39, "hiddenlockClass%lld", lockClassId++);
|
||||
Class lockClass = objc_allocateClassPair(obj->isa, nameBuffer,
|
||||
sizeof(mutex_t));
|
||||
const char *types =
|
||||
method_getTypeEncoding(class_getInstanceMethod(obj->isa,
|
||||
@selector(dealloc)));
|
||||
class_addMethod(lockClass, @selector(dealloc), (IMP)deallocLockClass,
|
||||
types);
|
||||
objc_registerClassPair(lockClass);
|
||||
|
||||
mutex_t *lock = object_getIndexedIvars(lockClass);
|
||||
INIT_LOCK(*lock);
|
||||
|
||||
obj->isa = lockClass;
|
||||
return lockClass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void deallocLockClass(id obj, SEL _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class lockClass = findLockClass(obj);
|
||||
Class realClass = class_getSuperclass(lockClass);
|
||||
// Free the lock
|
||||
mutex_t *lock = object_getIndexedIvars(lockClass);
|
||||
DESTROY_LOCK(lock);
|
||||
// Free the class
|
||||
objc_disposeClassPair(lockClass);
|
||||
// Reset the class then call the real -dealloc
|
||||
obj->isa = realClass;
|
||||
[obj dealloc];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: This should probably have a special case for classes conforming to the
|
||||
// NSLocking protocol, just sending them a -lock message.
|
||||
void objc_sync_enter(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class lockClass = findLockClass(obj);
|
||||
if (Nil == lockClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LOCK(&at_sync_init_lock);
|
||||
// Test again in case two threads call objc_sync_enter at once
|
||||
lockClass = findLockClass(obj);
|
||||
if (Nil == lockClass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lockClass = initLockObject(obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
UNLOCK(&at_sync_init_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
mutex_t *lock = object_getIndexedIvars(lockClass);
|
||||
LOCK(lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void objc_sync_exit(id obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Class lockClass = findLockClass(obj);
|
||||
mutex_t *lock = object_getIndexedIvars(lockClass);
|
||||
LOCK(lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/* GNU Objective C Runtime Thread Interface
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Galen C. Hunt (gchunt@cs.rochester.edu)
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
|
||||
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
|
||||
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
|
||||
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
|
||||
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
#include "objc/runtime-legacy.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The hook function called when the runtime becomes multi threaded */
|
||||
// The runtime is now always in multithreaded mode as there was no benefit to
|
||||
// not being in multithreaded mode.
|
||||
|
||||
objc_thread_callback objc_set_thread_callback (objc_thread_callback func)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static objc_thread_callback _objc_became_multi_threaded = NULL;
|
||||
objc_thread_callback temp = _objc_became_multi_threaded;
|
||||
// Call the function immediately and then ignore it forever because it is
|
||||
// pointless.
|
||||
func();
|
||||
_objc_became_multi_threaded = func;
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deprecated functions for creating and destroying mutexes. */
|
||||
objc_mutex_t objc_mutex_allocate (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mutex_t *mutex = malloc(sizeof(mutex_t));
|
||||
INIT_LOCK(*mutex);
|
||||
return mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int objc_mutex_deallocate (objc_mutex_t mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DESTROY_LOCK(mutex);
|
||||
free(mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int __objc_init_thread_system(void) { return 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* External functions for locking and unlocking runtime mutexes. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
objc_mutex_lock (objc_mutex_t mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LOCK((mutex_t*)mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
objc_mutex_unlock (objc_mutex_t mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return UNLOCK((mutex_t*)mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Legacy cruft that never did anything:
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_thread_add (void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
objc_thread_remove (void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/* End of File */
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in New Issue